Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Brokers / Troy Resources Limited

Troy Resources Limited

try · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker try
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Brokers
Employees 1-10
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Troy Resources Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
TR Property Investment Trust plc 

Report & Accounts for the  
year ended 31 March 2020

TR Property Investment Trust plc

The investment objective of TR Property Investment Trust plc is to maximise shareholders’ 
total returns by investing in the shares and securities of property companies and property 
related businesses internationally and also in investment property located in the UK.

Introduction 

TR Property Investment Trust plc (the “Company”) was formed in 1905 and has been a dedicated property investor 

since 1982. The Company is an Investment Trust and its shares are premium listed on the London Stock Exchange. 
Benchmark 

The benchmark is the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT Developed Europe Capped Net Total Return Index in Sterling. 

Investment Policy 

The  Company  seeks  to  achieve  its  objective  by  investing  in  shares  and  securities  of  property  companies  and 

property related businesses on an international basis, although, with a Pan-European benchmark, the majority of 

the investments will be located in that geographical area. The Company also invests in investment property located 

in the UK only. 

Further details of the Investment Policies, the Asset Allocation Guidelines and policies regarding the use of gearing are 

set out in the Strategic Report on pages 24 and 25 and the entire portfolio is shown on page 17. 

Investment Manager 

BMO Investment Business Limited acts as the Company’s alternative investment fund manager (“AIFM”) with 

portfolio  management  delegated  to  Thames  River  Capital  LLP  (“the  Portfolio  Manager”  or  “the  Manager”). 

Marcus Phayre-Mudge has managed the portfolio since 1 April 2011 and been part of the Fund Management 

team since 1997. 

Independent Board 

The directors are all independent of the Manager and meet regularly to consider investment strategy, to monitor 

adherence to the stated objective and investment policies and to review performance. Details of how the Board 

operates and fulfils its responsibilities are set out in the Report of the Directors on page 44. 

Performance 

The Financial Highlights for the current  year  are  set  out  opposite  and Historical  Performance can  be  found  on 

page 2. Key Performance Indicators are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 26 and 27. 

Retail Investors advised by IFAs 

The  Company  currently  conducts  its  affairs  so  that  its  shares  can  be  recommended  by  Independent  Financial 

Advisers (“IFAs”) in the UK to ordinary retail investors in accordance with the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) 

rules in relation to non-mainstream investment products and intends to continue to do so. The shares are excluded 

from the FCA’s restrictions, which apply to non-mainstream investment products, because they are shares in an 

authorised investment trust. 

Further information 

General shareholder information and details of how to invest in TR Property Investment Trust plc, including an 

investment through an ISA or saving scheme, can be found on pages 107 to 110. This information can also be 

found on the Trust’s website www.trproperty.com

Financial Highlights and Performance

                                                                                                                                                                      Year ended           Year ended 
                                                                                                                                                                          31 March              31 March                         % 
                                                                                                                                                                                2020                   2019                 Change 

Balance Sheet 
Net asset value per share                                                                                 358.11p       418.54p       –14.4% 
Shareholders’ funds (£’000)                                                                          1,136,453    1,328,254       –14.4% 
Shares in issue at the end of the year (m)                                                              317.4            317.4         +0.0% 
Net debt1,6                                                                                                           7.6%         10.0%                    

Share Price 
Share price                                                                                                      317.50p       394.00p       –19.4% 
Market capitalisation                                                                                       £1,008m      £1,250m       –19.4% 

                                                                                                                                                                      Year ended           Year ended 
                                                                                                                                                                          31 March              31 March                         % 
                                                                                                                                                                                2020                   2019                 Change 

Revenue 
Revenue earnings per share                                                                               14.62p         14.58p         +0.3% 

Dividends2 
Interim dividend per share                                                                                    5.20p           4.90p         +6.1% 
Final dividend per share                                                                                       8.80p           8.60p         +2.3% 
Total dividend per share                                                                                     14.00p         13.50p         +3.7% 

Performance: Assets and Benchmark 
Net Asset Value total return3,6                                                                             –11.5%         +9.1% 
Benchmark total return6                                                                                     –14.0%         +5.6% 
Share price total return4,6                                                                                   –16.8%         +6.2% 

Ongoing Charges (%)5,6                                                                                              
Including performance fee                                                                                +0.80%       +1.10% 
Excluding performance fee                                                                                +0.61%       +0.63% 
Excluding performance fee and direct property costs                                           +0.59%       +0.61% 

1. Net debt is the total value of loan notes, loans (including notional exposure to CFDs and Total Return Swap) less cash as a proportion 

of net asset value. 

2. Dividends per share are the dividends in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2020. An interim dividend of 5.20p was paid in 
January 2020. A final dividend of 8.80p (2019: 8.60p) will be paid on be paid on 4 August 2020 to shareholders on the register on 
19 June 2020. 

The shares will be quoted ex-dividend on 18 June 2020.  

3. The NAV Total Return for the year is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the assets of the Company from the relevant ex-dividend 
date. Dividends are deemed to be reinvested on the ex-dividend date as this is the protocol used by the Company’s benchmark and 
other indices. 

4. The Share Price Total Return is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the shares of the Company from the relevant ex-dividend date. 

5. Ongoing Charges are calculated in accordance with the AIC methodology. The Ongoing Charges ratios provided in the Company’s Key 

Information Document are calculated in line with the PRIIPs regulation which is different to the AIC methodology. 

6. Considered to be an Alternative Performance Measure as defined on page 97. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

1

 
 
 
 
 
Historical Performance 

For the years ended 31 March

                                                  2010         2011         2012         2013          2014         2015         2016           2017          2018         2019         2020 

Performance for the year: 

Total Return (%) 
NAV(A)                                   52.6        15.4        –8.5        21.5        22.4        28.3         8.2         8.0       15.5          9.1       –11.5 

Benchmark(B)                         60.6        15.2        –8.9        17.8        14.9        23.3         5.4         6.5       10.2          5.6       –14.0 
Share Price(C)                         60.3        12.6        –9.5        25.8        37.7        29.5        –1.6         9.1       25.5          6.2       –16.8 

Shareholders’ funds 

(£’m) 

Total                                        598         670         588        684        809     1,010     1,065     1,118     1,256      1,328      1,136  

Ordinary shares                         476         531         470        684        809     1,010     1,065     1,118     1,256      1,328      1,136  

Sigma shares(D)                        122         139         118            –            –            –            –            –            –            –             – 

Ordinary shares 

Net revenue 

(pence per share) 

Earnings                                  5.18       6.94        7.07       6.74       8.09       8.89       8.36     11.38     13.22     14.58       14.62 

Dividends(E)                             5.75       6.00       6.60       7.00       7.45        7.70       8.35     10.50     12.20     13.50       14.00 

NAV per share 

(pence)                              185.20     207.10   183.60   215.25   254.94   318.12   335.56   352.42   395.64   418.54     358.11 

Share price 

(pence)                              159.40     177.10   154.50   186.30    247.50   310.50    297.50   314.50   382.50   394.00     317.50 

Indices of growth 

Share price(F)                           100         111           97         117         155         195         187         197         240         247         199 

Net Asset Value(G)                     100         112          99         116         138         172         181         190         214         226         193 

Dividend Net(E)                         100         104         115         122         130         134         145         183         212         235         244 

RPI                                         100         105         109         113         115         116         118         122         126         129         133 

Benchmark (H)                           100         110          96         109         116         139         143         148         159         163         135 

Figures have been prepared in accordance with IFRS.  

(A) The NAV Total Return for each year is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the assets of the Company from the relevant ex-dividend date. Dividends are deemed 

to be reinvested at the ex-dividend date as this is the protocol used by the Company’s benchmark and other indices. This is considered to be an Alternative 
Performance Measure as defined on page 97. 

(B) Benchmark Index: composite index comprising the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT Developed Europe TR Index up to March 2013, and thereafter the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT 

Developed Europe Capped Index. Source: Thames River Capital. 

(C) The Share Price Total Return is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the shares of the Company from the relevant ex-dividend date. 

(D) The Sigma share class was launched in 2007 and Sigma shares were redesignated as Ordinary shares on 17 December 2012. 

(E) Dividends per share in the year to which their declaration relates and not the year they were paid. 

(F) Share prices only. These do not reflect dividends paid. 

(G) Capital only values. These do not reflect dividends paid. 

(H) Price only value of the indices set out in (B) above. 

2                 TR Property Investment Trust

Contents

IFC   Company Summary 

68   Financial Statements  

1     Financial Highlights and Performance 

68   Group Statement of Comprehensive Income 

69   Group and Company Statement of Changes in Equity 

2     Historical Performance 

70    Group and Company Balance Sheets 

71    Group and Company Cash Flow Statements 

72    Notes to the Financial Statements 

97    Glossary and AIFMD Disclosure 

97    Alternative Performance Measures 

98   Glossary of Terms and Definitions 

99   AIFMD disclosure 

100  Notice of Annual General Meeting 

100  Notice of Annual General Meeting 

104  Explanation of Notice of Annual General Meeting 

106  Shareholder Information 

106  Directors and Other Information 

107  General Shareholder Information 

109  Investing in TR Property Investment Trust plc 

4     Strategic Report 

4     Chairman’s Statement 

8     Manager’s Report 

16    Portfolio 

17    Investment Portfolio by Country 

18    Twelve Largest Equity Investments 

22    Investment Properties 

24    Investment Objective and Benchmark 

24    Business Model 

25    Strategy and Investment Policies 

26    Key Performance Indicators 

28    Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

32    Viability Statement 

34    Corporate Responsibility 

35    Governance 

35    Directors 

37    Managers 

38    Report of the Directors 

45   S.172 Statement 

50    Report of the Nomination Committee 

52    Report of the Management Engagement Committee 

55    Directors’ Remuneration Report 

58    Report of the Audit Committee 

62   Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation to 

the Group financial statements 

63   Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of  

TR Property Investment Trust plc 

Front cover: Port House, Antwerp, Belgium. Image used under license from Shutterstock.com. 

Pages 4 to 34 comprise the Strategic Report. The signature on page 34 is determined to cover the entire Strategic Report.

                TR Property Investment Trust
                TR Property Investment Trust

3
3

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

G
L
O
S
S
A
R
Y

A
N
D
A
I
F
M
D
D
S
C
L
O
S
U
R
E

I

I

N
O
T
C
E
O
F

A
G
M

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Chairman’s Statement 

businesses. As a result, up until mid-February performance 
was strongly positive.  

However, the unprecedented impact of COVID-19 has 
swept aside much of the relevance of previous market 
conditions, for the time being. The enormous state 
support provided by governments and central banks is of 
course crucial but the pace and scale of the recovery in 
demand will dictate which parts of the property sector 
rebound and to what extent. The crisis has reinforced 
many long running convictions particularly around the 
further degrading of retail property rents, the growth of 
logistics and the stability of income from rented residential 
assets.  

This crisis, like many others which markets have endured, 
reinforces the importance of liquidity and solvency. It is 
worth reciting that TR Property was established in 1905 
and, as an Investment Trust, is a closed ended company 
meaning that its capital is permanent. This long-term 
confidence means the Trust can invest in illiquid assets 
such as direct property and smaller companies, in the 
knowledge that we will not be subject to a call for capital 
from investors as might happen with an open-ended 
equivalent.  

Our closed-ended structure means we can concentrate 
entirely on the portfolio construction without concerns 
about redemptions. In turbulent markets investors will 
allocate a premium for liquidity, and this can lead to 
investment opportunities, particularly amongst temporarily 
unloved smaller companies. The Trust has a strong track 
record of patiently building positions in good quality 
smaller companies and our experience is that these 
businesses either grow, merge or get taken private if the 
public markets persistently undervalue them. The 
manager’s report, which follows, provides some examples 
of these types of successes this year. The Trust’s structure 
also enables us to own physical property and again over 
the years this has added value as well as providing our 
team with direct market intelligence. This year our physical 
portfolio was a strong contributor to performance 
following several asset management successes. Therefore, 
these illiquid investments have often proved to be 
accretive to performance over time. 

The longevity of permanent capital combined with an 
independent Board of directors whose responsibility and 
clear priority is to stakeholders, provides the foundation on 
which we are able to get the best from the manager. On 
the one hand, the manager is in no doubt that they are 
appointed, monitored and will be challenged as necessary, 

Hugh Seaborn  
Chairman 

Introduction  

It was a punishing end to the year for the market and 
TR Property was no exception. For the year ended 
31 March 2020, the Trust delivered a Net Asset Value 
(NAV) total return of –11.5% which although disappointing 
was ahead of the benchmark total return of –14.0%. The 
share price total return was lower at –16.8% as although 
the Trust’s shares traded close to, and often at a premium 
to the Net Asset Value for a large part of the year, the 
discount widened as the sell-off in global equities began in 
mid-February. The share price ended the financial year at 
a discount to the Net Asset Value of 11.3%. 

Rarely has any 12 month reporting period been so 
dominated by the events of the last six weeks of the 
financial year which moved the performance so 
considerably. For the first 10 months of the year, pan 
European real estate equities were enjoying a benign 
economic backdrop. Although the outlook for global (and 
European) growth had been slowing in 2019, central 
banks around the world were determined to offer support 
through further easing of monetary policy. This benefited 
income focused assets such as property. The autumn was 
dominated by the reversal of the previously negative 
sentiment towards the UK with strong performance from 
domestic focused businesses including many property 
companies. This gained further momentum following the 
large Conservative majority at the General Election in 
December. As the new year got under way, earnings from 
companies we were invested in continued to show steady 
growth and, outside of the retail sector (which continued 
to experience structural headwinds), management teams 
remained confident of the return prospects for their 

4                 TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
Chairman’s Statement 

continued

,,

Ordinary Share Class Performance: Total Return over 10 years (rebased)

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

Mar-10

Mar-11

Mar-12

Mar-13

Mar-14

Mar-15

Mar-16

Mar-17

Mar-18

Mar-19

Mar-20

Benchmark Total Return 

TR Property Share   Price Total Return 

TR Property Net Asset Value Total Return 

by the Board. On the other hand, the long-term nature of 
the Trust instils in the Manager a very strong commitment 
to the success of the Company. Long-term investors and 
especially those who have heard them speak will be in no 
doubt about the strength of that commitment. 

Looking back over the last decade, the Trust has delivered 
a share price total return of 171% and a NAV total return 
of 157% versus a benchmark figure of 97%. This 
performance compares well to the FTSE All Share total 
return of 53% and the STOXX Europe (in EUR) total return 
of 72%. Income remains a crucial element of property’s 
total return and our dividend payments over the same 
10 year period (and including the final dividend 
announced today) have recorded a compounded annual 
growth rate of 9.3%. 

Revenue Results and Dividend 

Revenue earnings of 14.62p per share were marginally 
ahead of the prior year earnings of 14.58p. Although the 
interim earnings were 7.7% ahead of the prior year’s 
interim earnings, changes to the portfolio in the second 
half of the period, together with some dividend 
suspensions very close to the year end resulted in lower 
second half income.  

The Board has announced a final dividend of 8.80p 
bringing full year dividend to 14.00p an overall increase of 
3.7% over the prior year dividend. 

Revenue Outlook 

A number of companies we invest in have announced 
dividend suspensions or cuts and others may follow. 
Therefore, we predict a fall in earnings for the next 
financial year. As detailed in the Manager’s Report, the 
portfolio continues to seek income resilience wherever 
possible.  

One of the advantages of the Investment Trust structure is 
that the Board is able to look at the underlying sustainable 
level of dividend and adjust the pay-out level accordingly. 
The Board has been consistently cautious with pay-out 
levels in recent years as often there have been one-off 
factors boosting income. The Company has a healthy level 
of revenue reserves which have been accumulated over 
time to provide resilience in the event of a crisis. These 
will be used to supplement short to medium term falls in 
earnings until such a time as conditions settle and the 
Board can determine the long-term income capability of 
the portfolio. 

Net Debt and Currencies 

We have added to the borrowing capacity of the Company 
during the financial year. A new facility widened our 
banking relationships, and an existing facility was increased 
on renewal. These are all revolving annual facilities and 
provide flexibility to complement the longer-term private 
placement fixed term debt that we have in place. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

5

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Chairman’s Statement 

continued

The overall level of gearing began the year at 10.0% and 
closed at 7.6%. Over the year, gearing levels have 
fluctuated as market conditions and outlook have changed 
from a high of 14.5% in early December 2019 to a low of 
5.2% in mid March 2020. With the year end gearing at 
7.6% and UK investment property exposure of 7.8%, the 
Trust was marginally underweight equities against the 
benchmark. 

Sterling ended the year around 3.5% weaker versus the 
Euro than at the beginning but traded through a 10% 
range. The average value of Sterling versus the Euro over 
the year was around 1% stronger than through the 
previous year. This had a small negative impact on 
earnings. Our currency strategy remains unchanged in that 
capital exposure is hedged to match that of the 
benchmark, but the income remains unhedged. 

Discount and Share Repurchases 

The discount of the share price to the Net Asset Value 
averaged just under 2%. However, for a large part of the 
year the share price stood close to or at a premium to the 
Net Asset Value. In common with the Investment Trust 
sector as a whole, the share price falls in late February and 
early March were ahead of the falls in the asset value and 
the discount widened sharply, ending the year at 11.3%.  

There were no share repurchases in the year.  

Board Changes 

I have previously announced my intention to stand down 
from the Board at the forthcoming AGM, having served for 
a requisite period. I am succeeded as Chairman by David 
Watson who, as well as being extremely experienced and 
capable, has a thorough understanding of the Trust having 
been a director for over 8 years during which time he has 
served as Senior Independent Director and, until last year, 
as Chairman of the Audit Committee. I am also very 
grateful to Simon Marrison who continues to bring his 
considerable knowledge of the European property markets 
and will become the Senior Independent Director. 

I have been particularly delighted to welcome two new 
appointments to the Board over the past year. As 
I mentioned in the Interim Report, Kate Bolsover joined 
the Board in October bringing a wealth of experience in 
Investment Trusts and at Board level. More recently, in 
January, I announced that Sarah-Jane Curtis had also 
joined bringing extensive experience in the London 
property sector, and particularly in retail. 

6                 TR Property Investment Trust

These changes will help to ensure that this strong Board 
maintains a healthy balance of commercial experience, 
property and broader market skills, knowledge and 
expertise combined with fresh and independent thought.  

Outlook  

As we all know, the COVID-19 virus, exacerbated by the 
collapse in oil prices, has disrupted financial markets and 
undermined global economic growth prospects. 

The period of the pandemic and whether it will re-escalate 
once containment measures are relaxed, is unpredictable. 
Therefore, it is very difficult to gauge the extent of the 
impact as the timing of this document coincides with the 
first tentative steps in the relaxation of the lockdown 
across much of Europe.  

One of the strong characteristics of property as an 
investment has been its healthy income prospects. It is 
clear that rent receipts in the immediate future will be 
severely disrupted across many of the companies we are 
able to invest in and this will vary widely with consumption 
focused properties likely to face disruption for longer. 
However, it is pleasing to report high rates of rent 
collection from healthcare, logistics and rented residential; 
all sectors we favour.  

There will be an increased polarisation between sectors; 
the acceleration of the structural decline of retail is an 
example of this. Those assets able to produce good quality 
income streams with potential for growth are likely to be 
defined more narrowly and be in greater demand. 
Consequently, the level of divergence between those 
businesses with growth prospects and those without has 
widened enormously due to the pandemic.  

The low costs of borrowing and skinny yields on fixed 
income will remain a feature of the financial landscape, 
increasing the value of income particularly where it is 
index-linked. This will support the attractiveness of 
property as an asset class although not necessarily protect 
it against market fluctuations caused by macro events that 
move global equity markets, such as that which we have 
witnessed in the closing weeks of this financial year. 

The delivery of performance in this environment requires 
a meticulous and rigorous approach to evaluating 
investment opportunities and this plays to the strengths of 
the strategic approach of the Trust and of the manager. 
TR Property has a long and successful track record of 
delivering solid performance by investing in strong 
management teams, in well-funded businesses with 

 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Chairman’s Statement 

continued

strong cash flows and the potential for earnings growth. 
We will maintain this approach combined with the 
mitigation of risk through a diverse portfolio invested 
across numerous submarkets and geographies. 

Finally, I leave the Board with a strong sense of pride that 
TR Property is in extremely good hands with an impressive 
and eminently capable Board overseeing a manager with 
immense experience and a strong track record. 

Hugh Seaborn 
Chairman 
5 June 2020

                TR Property Investment Trust

7

 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Manager’s Report 

We entered the new year with some optimism that low 
inflation (and low rates) would underpin the hunt for 
income and support real estate values. In our preferred 
markets of logistics/industrial, offices in key major cities, 
rented residential and alternatives such as student 
accommodation and healthcare we saw steady demand 
and (in most cases) a lack of speculative supply leading to 
rising rental levels. This ambient environment was 
exemplified by the collective performance of the Swedish 
cohort of listed real estate companies. This group have 
traditionally operated not only with higher levels of gearing 
than the rest of the sector but also almost always focused 
on short term (and cheaper) finance. When future debt 
costs look stable (or falling) and the domestic economy is 
humming along these stocks do well. In 2019, they 
collectively returned 52.6% (in SEK). The proverbial 
canary was quite perky on its perch. 

As highlighted in the Interim Report, I remained focused 
on those subsectors which I felt would continue to benefit 
from these fundamental market conditions. This meant 
that I stayed away from UK retail and increasingly that 
applied to European shopping centre landlords as well. 
I have in the past highlighted that the decline in the values 
of UK retail property companies was on a faster trajectory 
than their European counterparts given the higher rate of 
online penetration, less affordable rents, higher property 
taxes and broad management ineptitude (principally too 
much leverage). Over the year, I have grown increasingly 
pessimistic for this asset class in all markets. Our 
underweight to both UK and European retail helped 
relative performance. 

The one corner of the retail landscape to which these 
macro factors are far less applicable remains food. The UK 
is dominated by a small group of national operators. The 
existing store network is crucial to their online businesses. 
Even before the current crisis we liked the long income, 
covenant quality and operational necessity of key stores. 
Supermarket Income REIT (1.8% of assets) returned 
+13.4% in the year.  

Whilst the exposure to our preferred sectors generally 
aided relative performance I, once again, suffered from 
our underweight to the two traditionally defensive regions 
namely Switzerland and Belgium. Stocks in both markets 
screen poorly on relative fundamental value but Swiss 
property companies had a very strong year, driven (we 
think), by the seemingly perpetual negative rate 

Marcus Phayre-Mudge MRICS 
Fund Manager 

Performance  

The Net Asset Value total return for the year was –11.5%, 
the benchmark total return was a little poorer at –14.0%. 
Disappointingly, the share price total return was –16.8% 
as the discount to the net asset value widened in the 
period. Reviewing the performance of the Trust 
two months after the March year end always feels a little 
like appraising historical and sometimes outdated events. 
This time I can make that statement with absolute 
conviction. The first ten months of the financial year bear 
little resemblance to either of the last two (February and 
March) or indeed what has transpired even more recently.  

The figures speak for themselves. From 31 March 2019 to 
19 February 2020, the NAV rose +21.4%, the benchmark 
+17.1% and the share price total return reached +30.0% 
as the stock touched a record premium to asset value of 
5%. February saw the peak and the beginning of the 
market correction which accelerated dramatically later in 
the month and on into March. The 20 February to 
31 March 2020 performance was –27.2% for the NAV, 
–26.5% for the benchmark and –36.2% for the share 
price. The shares bore the additional impact moving from 
a 5% premium to a 11.3% discount. 

Looking back, the steady march upwards in the asset 
value and the share price through 2019 reflected the dual 
drivers of sound property market fundamentals (in our 
preferred markets) coupled with, in the second half of the 
period, the positive effect of the removal of a crucial 
amount of Brexit uncertainty. Whether one was in favour 
of that outcome or not was not the issue; markets prefer 
certainty and aided by the landslide Conservative majority 
the UK (where we were overweight) performed strongly. 
The collective outperformance of the UK’s listed property 
companies versus their Continental European cousins is 
a feature of the market we haven’t seen for several years.  

8                 TR Property Investment Trust

 
  
 
 
 
 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Manager’s Report 

continued

environment in Switzerland. Any stock yielding 3% seems 
to be a buy regardless of fundamentals. I shouldn’t have 
been such a purist. However, they also perform well when 
investors are nervous and having outperformed in the first 
9 months of the financial year they also did relatively well 
in February and March.  

Once again the strongest performance came not only 
from our overweights to the best performing sectors but 
from key stocks within those sectors. The best example is 
Argan (4.1% of assets), the French logistics owner/ 
developer. During the year, the company acquired 
a portfolio of big box logistics units let to Carrefour 
increasing the portfolio size by 40% to 2.8m sq metres. 
The stock’s total return was a top performing +19.7% 
over the period.  

The portfolio has some gearing although this was heavily 
reduced in late February and March. In a period of 
negative returns it is important to explain the rationale for 
having any at all. The Trust has often taken advantage of 
its closed ended structure and held a number of illiquid 
small cap stocks. These well run companies exposed to 
outperforming subsectors often suffered from investor 
oversight being deemed too small. As a consequence, in 
rising markets they often underperform their larger 
brethren (in market parlance their ‘beta’ is less than 1). 
Adding some gearing helps compensate for these lower 
beta names. Our experience is that over time the 
underlying property fundamentals would be recognised 
and, if not, then the market would take them private or 
merge them together. In the last 18 months we have seen 
the privatisation of Green REIT (Ireland) and Terreis 
(France) alongside the merger of AJ Mucklow with 
LondonMetric. All of these situations added value to the 
portfolio as has our physical property portfolio (7.8% of 
assets) and this exposure also sits outside of our 
benchmark. 

Offices 

The resilience of the London office market in terms 
of both rents and capital values in 2019 surprised us. 
Our concerns that the Brexit ‘drag’ would defer 
decision-making appears to have had only a marginal 
impact. The key feature of the market has been the strong 
performance of new and Grade A space as companies 
continue to focus on the best quality environment for their 
workforce. The strongest forward looking indicator was that 

60% of all space under construction and due to complete 
by the end of 2023 (12.5m sq ft) was under offer or 
pre-let. The impact of COVID-19 will be a deferral of both 
physical completions and potential starts coupled with 
reduced demand due to fewer job creations. The first 
impact (reduced/deferred supply) is a positive and the 
second clearly a negative. The unknown is the scale of 
reduced demand. We expect the flexible office suppliers to 
bear the brunt of this short term impact. According to 
CBRE estimates, if 25% of all flex space was returned to 
the market, vacancy would rise to 6% overall. For context 
the 20 year average vacancy for Central London is 5%. 
Prime rents are currently £110 per ft in the West End and 
£73 per ft in the City with rent frees of c.20-24 months for 
a 10 year term certain. Incentives will rise and rents will 
come under pressure in the near term. However capital 
values may not fall significantly as London’s prime office 
yields didn’t tighten over 2019 as investors still priced in 
Brexit uncertainty. As a result it looks cheaper than many 
of the European alternatives.  

Across Europe, 2019 was another busy year for many 
office markets with occupier momentum maintained even 
in the face of a broader economic slowdown. There were 
numerous instances of markets beating pre-GFC rent 
peaks – Brussels, Berlin, Milan, Barcelona and Lyon to 
name a few. Office vacancy across Europe reached a 
record low of 5.8% (according to BNP Paribas). This 
positive occupation momentum also drove investor 
demand with yields tightening by 26bps to an average of 
4.2% for the 40 markets analysed by them. Geneva, Paris 
and Hamburg all saw transactions break through the 3% 
initial yield level. The same themes run across these 
Continental European markets, a lack of high quality new 
space and little sign of a supply surge with a handful of 
small exceptions. This market backdrop will be helpful in 
a post COVID-19 environment where demand will be 
deferred and/or reduced. 

Paris, as the largest office market in our universe warrants 
more detail. Take up at 2.1 million sqm was 6% lower 
than 2018 due to a smaller number of the largest 
transactions (+10,000 sqm). As importantly, the lack of 
take up in the CBD was actually a function of reduced 
supply. Vacancy in Paris Inner City (the core of the CBD) 
was just 2.2%. However, not all sub-markets look that 
attractive La Defense, traditionally a volatile market, saw 
no large transactions (over 20,000m2) in 2019 and where 
there is significant supply due in the next two years. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

9

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Manager’s Report 

continued

Investment volumes reached €20.5bn, an increase of 7% 
on 2018 with 57 separate transactions over €100m. 
South Korean capital invested over €4bn.  

will continue to require a lot less space and at a lower 
cost. 

Retail 

It will come as little surprise that UK shopping centre 
transaction volumes reached multi-decade lows, totalling 
just £0.7bn, of which local authorities (mainly buying in 
their own regions) comprised a third. The outlook for all 
retail continues to look bleak. I have written many times 
about the structural headwinds affecting the sector. Rents 
continue to fall as retailers trim their estates and rates 
(property taxes) don’t correct in line with open market 
rents so becoming an ever greater burden for property 
owners who desperately try to reduce vacancies with 
more concessions to potential tenants. With future income 
streams so unstable it is not difficult to see why investors 
shy away and banks are nervous of lending. 

Retail parks also continue to suffer significant value 
corrections. Income uncertainty, particularly in a post 
COVID-19 world, is a real issue. In April 2020, Orion 
Capital walked away from its £21m deposit having 
contracted to buy £400m of retail parks from Hammerson 
such were their concerns about the value of these assets 
looking forward.  

Online penetration continues its inexorable rise and is 
close to reaching 25% of all retail sales (ex food and fuel) 
in the UK by 2023 (Forrester’s research). Whilst this is a 
much higher level than any other European market, one 
feature of the lockdown has been the introduction of 
online purchasing to a whole new group of consumers 
particularly in markets with low levels of penetration such 
as Italy and Spain. Forrester’s estimate that Western 
Europe’s online sales will be 18% of total sales by 2024 
up from 11.8% in 2018. Even prior to the current crisis 
investor appetite for European shopping centres was 
beginning to wane. Unibail had spent most of a year 
attempting to sell up to €5bn of French assets. With their 
year end results in February they were able to announce 
an agreement to sell a partial interest in a reduced 
portfolio of €3bn. Shopping habits have been evolving at 
varying paces across different cultural and demographic 
groups; this crisis has accelerated that evolution. Retailers 
and investors will all be responding to these changes in 
behaviour. However globally all retailers’ business models 

10               TR Property Investment Trust

Distribution and Industrial 

The supply response to sustained demand particularly in 
the UK ‘big box’ units did reduce the rate of rental growth 
over the last 18 months. This return to more sustainable 
levels of rental growth is healthy. However last mile 
logistics across Europe, particularly in dense conurbation 
and suburban markets, remain highly sought after. For this 
relatively new form of property usage there are literally not 
enough suitable sites and rent is a modest element of the 
business overhead. Being in the right place is far more 
important. We experienced this first hand in November 
with the lease renewal of our 50,000 sq ft ‘last mile’ 
logistics unit on the edge of Bristol. The new rent was 
agreed at 47% ahead of the previous passing.  

European logistics take up also powered ahead reaching 
26.5 million sqm, 5% ahead of the five year average 
(Savills data). Vacancy rates remain below long term 
averages which is a surprise given the contraction in 
Eurozone manufacturing PMI data over the year. Our view 
is that structural shifts in supply chains and business 
practice remain a powerful force. Despite the well flagged 
reduction in German automotive production, Poland – 
seen as a potential victim of that slowdown – recorded its 
second highest take up figure ever.  

Investment levels remain elevated with transaction 
volumes reaching €36bn, 6% ahead of the 2018 figure. 
The weight of capital compressed yields by an average of 
37bps. We don’t expect this to be repeated in 2020 given 
the heightened uncertainty but two key drivers remain in 
place. Firstly, the continued structural demand for logistics 
space and, secondly, the acceptance by occupiers of long 
leases reflecting their capital spend on each site. These 
factors will maintain, if not fuel, investor demand for this 
asset class. 

Residential 

We have maintained our exposure to the private rented 
sector (PRS), with the bulk of our exposure in Germany 
but also Sweden, Finland and the UK. In Germany and 
Sweden rents are regulated (and below open market 
levels) and the value of these apartment buildings are 
below the cost of reconstruction. The rate of rental growth 

 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Manager’s Report 

continued

does bear some relation to open market growth rates and 
in sub-markets with rapidly rising private rental levels, such 
as Berlin, there has been a political drive to control the 
pace of growth even in regulated rents. Notwithstanding 
the Berlin situation we remain convinced that this sector 
offers both income security (close to 100% occupation 
rates) and rental growth.  

In the UK, the number of households in PRS has more 
than doubled between 2000 and 2013 whilst the number 
of mortgaged occupiers fell by 1.5m (Savills). This 
reflected both increasing barriers to home ownership 
(higher deposits etc) but also the huge increase in ‘buy to 
let’ (BtL) amateur landlords. Over the last 4 years mainly 
due to changes in the tax regime the UK has seen a fall in 
the number of BtL units. Further regulatory changes which 
will reduce fees which can be charged to tenants, cap 
deposits and the abolition of no-fault evictions will further 
reduce this large, disparate group of private landlords. We 
expect a professional PRS to continue to grow rapidly and 
absorb tenant demand which is no longer catered for in 
the traditional ‘mom and pop’ operation. Compared to 
Germany and Sweden the professionalisation of the sector 
in the UK is embryonic. However it will grow and the 
underlying structural drivers of demand and lack of supply 
remain attractive. 

Finland is a new market for us where we have invested 
through the recent capital raising in Kojamo. This long 
established (1969) business initially listed in 2018 and 
now has over 35,000 apartments primarily in the Helsinki 
region. Finland does not have rent controls and this 
business is at the forefront of digitising the residential 
management process driving up margins with occupancy 
of over 97%. 

Alternatives 

These sub-sectors are now a core element of the portfolio 
and include self storage, student accommodation, 
healthcare, supermarkets and leisure/hotels. Prior to the 
current crisis each of these subsectors was enjoying 
attractive (or at least ambient) market conditions. This was 
because they either offered long, often index-linked 
income (healthcare, supermarkets) or they were enjoying 
structural growth (self-storage, student accommodation). 

During the year we saw heightened corporate activity with 
Unite, our student accommodation stock, purchasing 
Liberty Living (which we welcomed). Primary Health 

Properties acquiring Medicx was also a strongly accretive 
deal. 

The COVID-19 crisis has driven huge divergence in the 
performance of this group with the healthcare and 
supermarket names being amongst the top performers in 
our universe whilst student accommodation and budget 
hotels have, as expected, suffered from a complete 
demand strike. In the case of student accommodation we 
expect recovery to be rapid once universities reopen but 
for hotels and leisure the process of growing occupancy 
will be much slower.  

Debt and Equity Markets 

The ongoing record low costs of debt meant that 
refinancing remains a popular activity for a broad range of 
property companies. EPRA recorded £14.4bn of debt 
raised in the period which was a lower run rate than 
previous years and reflects the fact that interest rates have 
been so low for so long that companies have, in most 
cases, completed all the debt cost reduction they can. The 
prize for this year’s cheapest bond issuance goes, 
unsurprisingly given the negative rate environment, to 
a Swiss property company. Swiss Prime Site raised CHF 
157m at 0.375% maturing in 2031. 

There were no IPOs in the year but we did see £5.3bn of 
capital raisings. These were dominated by businesses 
raising capital to make corporate acquisitions. These 
included Vonovia raising €744m to aid its acquisition of 
Victoria Park in Sweden and Unite (£290m) to aid the 
purchase of Liberty Living. Healthcare names were also 
busy. Aedifica, raised €600m to acquire a UK portfolio 
(£450m). Primary Health Properties and Target Healthcare 
raised £675m between them to aid expansion. 

Aroundtown, the aggressively expanding German 
commercial and residential investor was the most prolific 
issuer of debt, raising a total of €3.0bn in a mix of straight 
bonds, senior unsecured and perpetual subordinated 
notes. 

Property Shares 

Property equity markets moved broadly sideways until late 
July when the background (rumbling) noise of the Brexit 
debacle once again rose in volume and pitch, driving 
investors away from UK domestic stocks. Property 
companies are a disproportionately large component of 

                TR Property Investment Trust

11

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Manager’s Report 

continued

UK domestic ‘baskets’ due to their high level of GBP 
earnings. UK property names which had been weakening 
over the summer fell –7.5% in the first two weeks of 
August. What was almost more surprising was the 
subsequent rally for UK property shares which then ran 
from mid August right up to the start of the COVID-19 
crisis. Over the late summer and into the autumn, 
investors changed their views entirely with PM Johnson 
appearing to be more determined than ever to drive 
matters to a conclusion. The landslide Conservative victory 
in the December General Election under the slogan ‘Get 
Brexit Done’ gave them the mandate to do exactly that 
and a huge chapter of pan European history duly closed. 
UK property stocks continued to climb as the uncertainty 
dissipated recording +28% gains between mid August 
and mid February. 

Continental stocks returned +22% over the same period 
which keeps the scale of the ‘relief rally’ in perspective. So, 
what drove property stocks upwards outside of the UK’s 
particular political situation? Once again the central banks 
have played a leading role in investor behaviour. 
ECB President Draghi delivered his parting shot, another 
rate cut and a renewed bond buying programme. More 
QE saw the 10-year Bund yield fall to –0.6% at the end 
of September and then rally into 2020 reaching –0.2% in 
early January. Whilst a significant pricing rally for 
bondholders the nominal yield remained negative. 
Property income continued to offer a much higher yield 
than corporate bonds as well as an opportunity to 
participate in rental growth and development gains.  

However this ambient economic environment came to 
a grinding halt in mid February as global equity markets 
began to price in the real threat from COVID-19. Between 
19 February and 18 March, the pan European property 
equity benchmark fell –35.7% but then recovered 
somewhat to record a six week fall to the end of March of 
–26.5%. The last six weeks of the financial year drove the 
12 month returns from the sector (and this Trust) from 
double digit positive to double digit negative.  

The sell off was hugely dramatic and market conditions 
since then have been immensely volatile. However at the 
stock and sub-sector level there has been a clear pattern 
of investment sentiment. With risk premiums rising and 
income sustainability falling investors have focused on 
those businesses with the strongest income profiles whilst 
avoiding the most leveraged entities. Healthcare, PRS, 

12               TR Property Investment Trust

supermarkets, logistics have all outperformed whilst those 
businesses let to consumer facing companies have fared 
much more poorly. Non-food retail, leisure, bars, 
restaurants, cinemas and gyms have all seen a collapse in 
income. As investors are well aware, all shopping centre 
names had underperformed the wider property equity 
market long before this crisis as they continued to grapple 
with the structural shifts in consumer behaviour. We 
believe that this ongoing evolution will accelerate as safety 
(avoiding a busy shopping centre) joins cost and 
convenience as drivers of online growth. 

Whilst the sell off since mid February has been very 
dramatic, the performance at the subsector level has been 
rational with investors focused on owning those 
businesses with the strongest income streams, and 
avoiding those which will experience the greatest valuation 
falls which may evolve to balance sheet risk. It will come 
as little surprise that German and Swedish residential 
names have performed well, not only in this crisis but also 
prior to it. With rents controlled below open market levels 
and occupancy at close to 100% the defensive 
characteristics are clear. The one area of concern is the 
political risk of even more stringent rent controls as we 
have seen in Berlin (covered extensively in the Interim 
Report) but we now believe the likelihood of contagion to 
elsewhere in Germany is low. 

Scandinavian property companies were strong relative 
performers this year. Almost all Nordic property companies 
operate with higher leverage and shorter duration debt 
structures than the average pan European property 
company. The ongoing dovish response of the Riksbank 
(mirroring the ECB) was to supercharge earnings 
expectations given the strong performance of the Swedish 
(in particular) economy. As the current crisis evolved, we 
have been surprised at how well many of these 
companies with elevated debt levels have performed. The 
‘light touch’ approach to lockdown and high quality 
healthcare systems coupled with lower population 
densities across the region have all contributed to better 
investor expectations. 

Logistics and light industrial were already the sub-sector 
outperformers (again) as we entered the last quarter of 
the financial year. Increased online purchasing as well as 
supply chain disruption will lead to greater demand for 
warehousing. Industrial based businesses will return to 
work before densely populated offices. The case for 

 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Manager’s Report 

continued

relative outperformance of companies such as Segro, 
LondonMetric, Tritax Bigbox, Argan, Warehouses de Pauw, 
VIB Vermoegen, Montea and Catena is clear. The issue is 
how far is this already reflected in pricing.  

Investment Activity 

Turnover (purchases and sales divided by two) totalled 
£440m, equating to 32% of the average net assets over 
the period. This compares to £262m (20% of average 
assets) in the previous 12 months. There were two major 
drivers of this increased turnover. Firstly, the Brexit debate 
in the first half of the year resulted in significant changes 
in our UK exposure. Added to this was the significant 
degearing in February and March, only for reinvestment to 
take place in late March. The other major factor was 
heightened corporate activity. This year we saw the 
privatisation of Green REIT which was acquired by a 
private equity investor group, Henderson Park. At our peak 
position the investment reached 4% of net assets. The 
shares had traded at between €1.30 and €1.60 per 
shares for much of the company’s 4 year life. 
Management (large owners of equity) were, quite rightly, 
frustrated by the persistent discount to net asset value and 
put the business up for sale. The exit price was a very 
satisfactory €1.94 per share. Much more real estate is 
owned privately than publicly and, if public capital markets 
won’t value it fairly, then privatisation is inevitable. We are 
therefore drawn to businesses with family and 
management ownership where we see alignment. 
A&J Mucklow, the family run West Midlands industrial 
owner/developer was a case in point. The Trust owned 
5% of the company and supported the agreed takeover 
by LondonMetric in May last year. 

The residential sector remains a popular asset class and 
we saw multiple capital events. Kojamo in Finland raised 
capital after listing in 2018. Swedish neighbour, John 
Mattson was a small IPO of a Stockholm focused 
affordable housing landlord which rose 27% on its debut. 
Later in the year, another small Swedish residential 
business, Hembla was acquired by the German behemoth 
Vonovia. Back in Germany, ADO Properties which has a 
Berlin focused portfolio acquired Adler, the owner of lower 
quality residential units across Germany. We don’t own 
these businesses. 

Elsewhere in Germany, we saw a very convoluted series of 
transactions between Aroundtown and TLG, more akin to 

a soap opera. In series 1, we saw TLG acquire c.2/3 of 
Aroundtown’s founder’s holding at a significant premium 
to the undisturbed share price. Attached to this deal, 
TLG announced a potential merger with Aroundtown but 
that would require a large capital raise given that they 
were the much smaller cousin. In series 2, minority 
institutional investors (such as us) are astonished to hear 
that the deal has reversed with Aroundtown now acquiring 
TLG. Due to the Luxembourg listing the transaction doesn’t 
require an EGM so minority shareholders couldn’t reach 
for the red button on their remote controls. 

In Spain, we were pleased to see Arima announce a 
€150m raise with Ivanhoe Cambridge as a new 
cornerstone investor. We backed this business at IPO in 
2018 which saw the return to the listed sector of the 
management team behind Axiara which was acquired by 
Colonial in 2018. 

Revenue and Revenue Outlook 

Earnings at 14.62p for the year were only marginally 
ahead of the prior year level of 14.58p. Although earnings 
at the interim stage were ahead of the prior year by some 
6.7%, growth in the second half of the year had been 
expected to be slower than in the first half and this was 
compounded by market events as the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic became evident. Investment 
turnover has been greater than usual in the current year, 
particularly in the second half. Portfolio repositioning 
reduced gearing and saw further reductions in exposure to 
a range of high yielding names particularly European retail 
stocks many of whom previously paid dividends close to 
our year end. In addition, the cancellation of the Landsec 
interim dividend (after it had been declared) close to the 
year-end added to the reduction. 

Although these changes sacrificed some income in the 
year under review, the portfolio rotation increases 
exposure to sectors where we believe income streams are 
both more secure and sustainable. However these 
invariably carry a lower dividend yield.  

Since mid March we have seen a range of further 
company announcements of either dividend cancellations, 
reductions or deferrals which will impact upon the 
forthcoming year. Our view is that some of these were 
precautionary as the companies evaluate their income risk 
and ensure their balance sheets are as robust as possible. 
We are also encouraged by the large number of 

                TR Property Investment Trust
                TR Property Investment Trust

13
13

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Manager’s Report 

continued

companies who have reconfirmed their dividend forecasts 
and payout ratios. For the more precautionary names, we 
don’t expect the return to a clear picture of distributions 
until the path out of lockdowns across Europe has 
successfully materialised. 

In our own direct property portfolio, we are well 
positioned, evidenced by a strong rent collection rate in 
April. Our non-food retail exposure is limited to two retail 
units and a gym, whilst our largest tenant is Waitrose. At 
Wandsworth we have some smaller occupiers exposed to 
the hospitality sector where we have negotiated rental 
deferrals or new lease terms. The overall expected drop in 
income from our direct portfolio is not material. 

Although we expect the earnings to fall next year, as the 
Chairman has pointed out, as an Investment Trust we 
have the luxury of being able to call on income reserves to 
supplement dividends, until the longer term revenue 
pattern emerges. 

Gearing and Debt 

Over the first 10 months of the financial year, the levels of 
borrowing remained in a tight band of between 10% and 
13% of assets. Through February and March, the absolute 
amount of borrowings fell by £50m through short term 
loan repayments and £20m (notional debt) through the 
reduction in exposure through CFDs, but due to the 
dramatic share price reductions the gearing ratio only fell 
from a high of 13.9% in early February to a low of 5.2% 
in late March. In the last few days of the year the gearing 
increased again to 7.6%. Given the increased levels of 
market risk it may surprise investors that we had any 
gearing in the Trust at the year end. The physical portfolio 
accounts for 7.8% of our investment exposure and 
adjusting for that, the Trust was ungeared to the equity 
market.  

Direct Property Portfolio 

The physical property portfolio produced a total return of 
+8.5%, a combination of +5.3% capital return and 
income return of +3.2%. The capital return was driven by 
a variety of asset management initiatives across the 
portfolio from refurbishments, lease renewals and 
planning gains set off by reductions in the value of our city 
centre non-food retail units. 

The sale of our office building in Harlow, was reported at 
the interim. The property was sold for £10.5m which 
reflects a net profit over the book cost of 3%. 

At the Colonnades in Bayswater, we completed the 
refurbishment of the old public house which included the 
separation of the 3 bed flat and the recladding of the pub. 
Towards the end of the year, we completed the sale of the 
flat for £2.02m which reflected a price of just over 
£1,500 per sq. ft. We were waiting for a sale of the flat 
before marketing the public house which is an interesting 
space and will allow an occupier some really exciting fit 
out possibilities.  

As mentioned earlier, in February we completed the lease 
extension on our last mile logistics unit in north Bristol. 
The tenant has taken a new 5 year lease at a rent which 
reflects an increase of 47% on the previous rent.  

The largest valuation gain was at our industrial estate in 
Wandsworth. We received, subject to a s.106 agreement, 
planning permission to redevelop the 35,000 sq. ft. 
industrial estate. The consent is for 106 residential units, 
55,000 sq. ft of office space and 62,500 sq ft of light 
industrial. The development of this mixed-use scheme will 
significantly transform this dated 1970s industrial estate 
into a modern mixed-use destination adjacent to 
Wandsworth Town train station. 

Outlook 

It is important that we have the ability to gear when the 
conditions are favourable and, as the Chairman has 
commented, we added to the short term debt facilities 
available during the year with a new relationship and loan 
facility of £20m with the ICBC and adding a further £25m 
to our facility with RBS. In addition, a new derivative 
instrument which commercially is very similar to a CFD 
was added which has widened the counterparties 
available to us for derivative transactions. 

At the time of writing much of the world is in the grip of 
the second phase of the COVID-19 dilemma. Infection 
and death rates have been brought under control through 
the strict discipline of lockdown and social distancing. 
However the huge economic cost of effectively 
furloughing vast swathes of the economy means that this 
strategy must now evolve quickly to restart business and 
consumption. The dilemma is over the pace, timing and 
focus of the relaxation of the lockdown across so many 

14               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Manager’s Report 

continued

countries, each with their own set of particular issues. The 
lack of visibility makes forecasting extremely difficult. 
However there are several market features which look 
sustainable. Firstly the commitment of central banks and 
governments (to varying degrees) to support the recovery. 
This means that the challenge from this crisis is less about 
liquidity and more about solvency. Which brings me to my 
second point. We will remain focused on those businesses 
where we are confident of the underlying tenants’ ability 
to pay. Borrowing will remain very cheap and banks will 
remain accommodative. At this stage we see the issue as 
one of tenant demand not leverage risk. At the sector 
level, some outcomes seem highly predictable while 
others are much more balanced. The structural shifts in 
consumer behaviour, particularly towards online retailing 
will, in our view, accelerate. Other behavioural adjustments 
such as increased home working would logically impact 
office demand but that may be offset by reduced desk 
densities. Decentralised offices may prove more attractive 
than skyscrapers but such questions will be answered in 
years not months.  

In the near term we will continue to protect the Company 
from those business strategies most at risk whilst 
acknowledging that income has become an even more 
precious commodity. The right type of real estate will 
continue to deliver that income. 

On a personal note, I would like to extend a huge thank 
you to Hugh Seaborn for all his unwavering support and 
wise counsel over a great many years. He joined the 
Board in July 2007 just as we entered an earlier crisis and 
then guided us through further choppy times after 
becoming Chairman in 2016. He has been instrumental in 
assembling the current Board and their collective 
experience will be hugely important to the Trust as we 
weather this current crisis. 

Marcus Phayre-Mudge 
Fund Manager  
5 June 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

                TR Property Investment Trust

15

 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Portfolio

Distribution of Investments

as at 31 March 

Distribution of Investments 

as at 31 March  
                                                                    2020           2020           2019           2019 
                                                                  £’000                %           £’000                % 

UK Securities 

30.4%

UK Investment Properties                    94,510            8.1    101,929            7.9 

  – quoted                                       352,188          30.4     427,175           33.2 

61.1%

UK Total                                        446,698          38.5    529,104           41.1 

8.1% 

0.4%

  – quoted                                       708,597          61.1    762,338           59.1 

Continental Europe Securities 

UK Securities

UK Property

Continental Europe

Derivatives – net debtor

Investment Exposure

as at 31 March 

7.8%

Investments held at fair value          1,155,295          99.6  1,291,442        100.2 

  – CFD debtor/(creditor)1                    8,698            0.7       (3,210)         (0.2) 

  – TRS creditor2                                 (3,808)         (0.3)             –               – 

Total Investment Positions         1,160,185        100.0  1,288,232        100.0 

Investment Exposure 

as at 31 March  
                                                                    2020           2020           2019           2019 
                                                                  £’000                %           £’000                % 

UK Securities                                                                                                    

  – quoted                                       352,188          28.9     427,175           29.3 

  – CFD exposure3                              32,257            2.6      99,521            6.8 

  – TRS exposure4                                 6,598            0.5               –              – 

UK Investment Properties                    94,510             7.8    101,929            7.0 

92.2%

UK Total                                        485,553          39.8     628,625          43.1  

Continental Europe Securities                                                                            

  – quoted                                       708,597          58.2    762,338           52.3 

  – CFD exposure3                              24,471            2.0      67,135            4.6 

UK Property

Equities

Total Investment Exposure5        1,218,621        100.0  1,458,098        100.0 

Portfolio Summary 

as at 31 March 
                                                                2020               2019               2018               2017               2016 
                                                                £’000             £’000             £’000             £’000             £’000 

Total investments                          £1,155m      £1,291m      £1,316m      £1,145m     £1,099m 
Net assets                                    £1,136m      £1,328m      £1,256m      £1,118m     £1,065m 

UK quoted property shares                   31%             33%             31%             29%             31% 
Overseas quoted property shares          61%             59%            62%            63%            60% 

Direct property (externally valued)           8%              8%              7%              8%              9%

Net Currency Exposures 

as at 31 March 

Company Benchmark 
% 

%

27.0

53.0

7.9

11.0

1.1

26.8 

53.1 

7.9 

11.3 

0.9

GBP

EUR

CHF

SEK

NOK

1  Net unrealised gain/(loss) on CFD contracts held as balance sheet debtor/(creditor). 
2  Net unrealised loss on total return swap (TRS) contract held as balance sheet creditor. 
3  Gross value of CFD positions. 
4  Gross value of TRS position. 
5  Total investments illustrating market exposure including the gross value of CFD and TRS positions.

16               TR Property Investment Trust

 
                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                             
Investment Portfolio by Country 

as at 31 March 2020

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

                                                                                              Market value 
                                                                                  £’000                  % 

                                                                                              Market value 
                                                                                  £’000                  % 

Austria 
CA Immobilien                                                  8,032             0.7  

Spain 
Arima Real estate                                             17,486             1.5  

                                                                      8,032             0.7  

                                                                     17,486             1.5  

Belgium 
Warehousing and Distribution de Pauw              25,231             2.2  
Cofinimmo                                                        6,414             0.6  
Xior                                                                  3,544             0.3  
Care Property                                                    3,543             0.3  
Intervest Offices & Warehouses                           2,248             0.2  
Montea                                                            2,243             0.2  
Aedifica                                                            1,568             0.1  
Wereldhave                                                          302                — 

Sweden 
Fabege                                                            34,961             3.0  
Kungsleden                                                     24,911             2.2  
Wihlborgs                                                        19,111             1.6  
Cibus                                                                8,482             0.7  
Catena                                                              6,575             0.6  
Pandox                                                              3,778             0.3  
Nyfosa                                                              2,166             0.2  
John Mattson                                                       852             0.1  

                                                                    45,093             3.9  

                                                                   100,836             8.7  

Finland 
Kojamo                                                          22,964             2.0  

Switzerland 
PSP                                                               27,658             2.4  

                                                                    22,964             2.0  

                                                                     27,658             2.4  

France 
Argan                                                              46,823             4.0  
Gecina                                                            24,228             2.1  
Covivio                                                             8,936             0.8  
Mercialys                                                          1,736             0.1  
Altarea                                                              1,023             0.1  

                                                                    82,746             7.1  

Germany 
Vonovia                                                        144,362           12.4  
LEG                                                                75,310             6.5  
Deutsche Wohnen                                           36,374             3.1  
VIB Vermoegen                                                22,970             2.0  
TAG Immobilien                                              22,451             1.9  
Aroundtown                                                    20,273             1.8  
Alstria                                                               8,661             0.7  
Grand City Properties                                         3,080             0.3  

                                                                   333,481           28.7  

Ireland 
Irish Residential Properties                                  2,323             0.2  
Hibernia REIT                                                    1,748             0.2  

United Kingdom 
SEGRO                                                           38,693             3.3  
LondonMetric Property                                     38,460             3.3  
Unite Group                                                    33,026             2.8  
Landsec                                                          31,949             2.8  
Assura                                                            31,468             2.7  
Safestore Holdings                                          25,920             2.2  
CLS Holdings                                                   21,616             1.9  
Stenprop                                                        20,691             1.8  
Supermarket Income REIT                                19,232             1.7  
Secure Income REIT                                         12,763             1.1  
Sirius                                                              11,636             1.0  
Workspace                                                      11,516             1.0  
Great Portland Estates                                      10,628             0.9  
Phoenix                                                          10,296             0.9  
McKay Securities                                                9,958             0.9  
PRS REIT                                                           7,879             0.7  
Picton                                                              6,298             0.5  
Target Healthcare                                              5,030             0.4  
Shaftesbury                                                      2,954             0.3  
Capital & Regional                                              1,493             0.1  
Atrato Capital                                                       682             0.1  

                                                                       4,071             0.4  

                                                                  352,188           30.4 

Netherlands 
Unibail-Rodamco-Westfield                               22,737             2.0  
Eurocommercial Properties                                11,073             1.0  
NSI                                                                  3,893             0.3  

                                                                     37,703              3.3  

Norway 
Entra                                                              28,527             2.4  

                                                                     28,527             2.4  

Direct Property                                            94,510             8.1  

CFD Positions (included in  
    current assets)                                            8,698             0.7 

TRS Positions (included in  
    current liabilities)                                      (3,808)           (0.3) 

Total Investment Positions                   1,160,185         100.0 

Companies shown by country of listing.

                TR Property Investment Trust

17

 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                            
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                            
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                                
  
 
                                                                
  
 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Twelve Largest Equity Investments 

Vonovia 

 1 (Germany) 

LEG 

 2 (Germany) 

Gecina 

 3 (France) 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

Shareholding value

£144.4m £150.0m 

Shareholding value

£75.3m 

£78.7m 

Shareholding value

£47.5m 

£50.5m 

% of investment  
portfolio†

% of equity owned

Share price

11.8%

11.2%

0.7%
q44.86

0.7% 
q46.22 

% of investment  
portfolio†

% of equity owned

Share price

6.2%

5.9%

1.2% 
q102.7

1.3% 
q109.45 

% of investment  
portfolio†

% of equity owned

Share price

3.9%

3.8%

0.6% 
q120.7

0.6% 
q131.8 

LEG is a German residential company focused on the 
economically strong region of North Rhine-Westphalia. 
It  is  one  of  the  largest  real  estate  companies  in 
Germany  with  more  than  134,000  units  under 
management  with  a  combined  value  of  €12bn.  In 
addition to the strong focus on NRW, the company is 
exploring opportunities on B and C locations in adjacent 
states with the view to leverage their market access as 
well  as  their  existing  platform  still  within  strict  and 
conservative  financial  criteria.  The  company  has  a 
distinct advantage to be less exposed to regulatory risk 
than peers with a Berlin exposure and to benefit from a 
relatively high share of state subsidised tenants (25% of 
the  total).  The  very  low  average  rent  per  sqm  at 
EUR5.82 as well as the relatively low value per sqm of 
EUR,1353 per sqm make the company particularly well 
suited to weather any potential macro-economic shock. 
In addition, the company has shown over the years a 
conservative management on the liabilities side which 
continued to be the case in 2019 with a LTV of 37.7% 
(maximum  target  set  at  43%  for  2020),  an  average 
debt maturity of 8.1 years (7.6 years in 2018) and a net 
debt  to  adjusted  EBITDA  of  10.7x  which  compares 
favourably  with  all  its  residential  peers.  In  2019,  LEG 
delivered solid results with a total accounting return of 
17%  in  line  with  the  sector  average  illustrating  the 
better  risk/reward  of  the  company.  The  five-year  total 
shareholder return has been 62.6%. 

listed 

is  a  German 

Vonovia 
residential  company 
managing a housing stock of around 355,700 of its own 
apartments across Germany. It also manages a portfolio 
of  around  38,000  units  in  Sweden  and  approximately 
22,500 in Austria. Over the last years, the company has 
been  the  consolidator  of  the  listed  residential  sector, 
successively acquiring Gagfah in 2014, Sudewo in 2015, 
Conwert  in  2016,  Buwog  in  2017  and  Victoria  Park  in 
2018.  In  2019,  the  company  continued  to  expand  in 
Sweden  via  the  acquisitions  of  Hembla  (portfolio  of 
around  21,000  units  largely  located  in  the  Greater 
Stockholm region) and Akelius (2,340 units). 

At the end of 2019, the company owned a portfolio of 
EUR51.5bn  split  between  Germany  (84%),  Sweden 
(11%)  and  Austria  (5%).  These  different  phases  of 
expansion  have  allowed  Vonovia  to  become  the  real 
estate company with the largest market capitalisation in 
Europe  despite  having  been  floated  only  seven  years 
ago. Although critical, the size effect (and economies of 
scales associated with it) was not the only contribution 
factor  of  this  positive  development.  Vonovia  has 
developed a large in-house craftsman organisation which 
allows  the  company  to  run  an  innovative  strategy 
focusing on improving and modernizing its portfolio and 
creating sustainable value for all stakeholders. In addition, 
Vonovia  is  involved  in  the  whole  value  chain  of  the 
residential sector via its rental business (82% of group 
EBITDA),  its  value-add  branch  (energy  and  multimedia 
related services, 8% of group EBITDA), its recurring sales 
program  (5%  of  group  EBITDA)  and  its  third-party 
development  business  (5%  of  group  EBITDA).  This 
diversification  will  allow  the  company  to  benefit  from 
further levers of growth in the future which is a strong 
traditional 
competitive 
residential  companies  focusing  mostly  on  the  rental 
business. Finally, the residential sector is subject to strict 
regulations 
  Vonovia 
management has been particularly pro-active with public 
authorities,  complying  with  regulations  and  assuming  a 
social  role  which  should  allow  them  to  benefit  from 
critical political goodwill in the future. This also constitutes 
an  important  differentiation  element  against  other 
companies  despite  being  more  intangible.  In  2019, 
Vonovia  delivered  again  strong  results  in  absolute  and 
relative  terms.  The  company  delivered  a  +19%  total 
accounting return over the year (computed as the growth 
in NAV + dividend paid over the year) against +17% on 
average for the main listed residential peers. The Lfl rental 
growth  at  +3.9%  (+4.4%  in  2018)  was  particularly 
resilient and one of the highest in the residential sector. 
The total shareholder return since listing in July 2013 has 
been 223%.

against  more 

in  particular. 

in  Germany 

advantage 

the 

Gecina is the largest office landlord in Europe with a 
portfolio  of  more  than  €15bn  focused  almost 
exclusively on the Paris region (96% of the total office 
value) and with a high share in Paris city (close to 70% 
of  the  total  office  value).  In  addition,  the  company 
owns  a  portfolio  of  €3.4bn  of  residential  assets  (of 
which  EUR356m  in  student  housing)  predominantly 
located in the Paris region. Finally, the company owns 
a  portfolio  of  exclusive  high  street  retail  assets  for  a 
value  of  €1.6bn  located  in  Paris  city  (LVMH  flagship 
store  on  101  Champs  Elysees  in  particular).  The 
management  is  capitalising  on  a  large  development 
pipeline  of  more  than  €3.5bn  (17%  of  GAV)  to  be 
delivered in the next five years and of which EUR2.4bn 
have  already  been  invested.  Committed  projects 
represent an investment of EUR1.7bn or close to half 
of the total pipeline investments and showed a pre-let 
level of around 25% at the end of 2019 while delivery 
dates range from 2020 to 2023. This is a continuation 
of 
return  strategy  which  has  been 
implemented by the company over the last couple of 
years: 
redeveloping  assets  where 
management  sees  value  creation  potential  and 
disposing mature ones crystalising capital gains. In the 
last two years, the company has delivered 15 projects 
and  generated  around  EUR780m  of  value  creation 
since their launch. At the end of 2019, the company 
also completed or signed for EUR1.2bn of disposals at 
an average 12% premium to last appraised value. The 
management announced the creation of a dedicated 
subsidiary for its residential portfolio in order to further 
grow  this  segment  and  unlock  its  value  potential 
(current average value per sqm of the portfolio stands 
at  a  conservative  EUR7,049).  In  2019,  the  company 
posted  solid  results  with  a  total  accounting  return  of 
+12%  and  LfL  rental  growth  of  its  office  portfolio  at 
+2.5%. The financial position of the company is very 
solid with a LTV at 36% and an average debt maturity 
of 7.5 years. The five-year shareholder total return has 
been 21.8%. 

in  essence, 

total 

†Notes 
• The Percentage of Investment portfolio positions set out above include exposures through CFD for both the individual positions and the portfolio.  
• The Investment Portfolio by Country positions set out on page 17 are the physical holdings only included in the Investments held at fair value in the Balance Sheet. The profit or loss 

positions on the CFD and TRS contracts (ie not the investment exposure) are also shown on page 17 and are included in the Balance Sheet as debtors or creditors in the Current assets.

18               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Twelve Largest Equity Investments 

continued

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Argan 

 4 (France) 

Segro 

 5 (UK) 

LondonMetric 

 6 (UK) 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

Shareholding value

£46.8m

£34.1m 

Shareholding value

£38.7m 

£50.4m 

Shareholding value

£38.5m 

£29.7m 

% of investment  
portfolio†

% of equity owned

Share price

3.8%

3.5%
q67.6

2.5%

3.0% 
q58.0 

% of investment  
portfolio†

% of equity owned

Share price

3.2% 

3.8%

% of investment  
portfolio†

3.2% 

2.2%

0.5%

764p

0.7% 

% of equity owned

2.4%

1.8% 

673.0p 

Share price

176.0p

200.0p 

to  navigate  LondonMetric 

LondonMetric  owns  c.£2.3bn  of  assets,  with  the 
portfolio  split  76%  logistics,  24%  “long  income”  – 
assets  primarily  in  the  food  and  convenience  retail 
space,  which  carry  long  WAULTS  (13  year  average) 
and  dependable  income.  We  have  been  long-term 
supporters  of  CEO  Andrew  Jones  (one  of  the  few 
CEO’s  who  both  predicted  and  then  executed  a 
portfolio repositioning to counter the structural decline 
in the retail sector), and continue to believe he is well 
placed 
the 
COVID-19  crisis.  The  company  recently  raised  an 
additional £125m of equity in an upscaled deal to take 
advantage  of  pricing  dislocations  in  the  market  at  a 
time  of  turbulence.  As  with  our  wider  overweight 
logistics positioning we think that the asset class is set 
to offer attractive returns over the medium term, and 
LondonMetric  has  pivoted  its  portfolio  to  focus 
particularly on last mile logistics, where rental growth is 
strongest. The LondonMetric equity valuation is rarely 
cheap, but we believe it is worth paying up for quality 
in this instance. The five-year total shareholder return 
has been 38%.

through 

imbalance, 

fuelled  by 

Segro has become the largest UK REIT by market cap, 
and  is  the  largest  operator  of  logistics  and  industrial 
property  listed  in  the  UK,  with  a  total  portfolio  of 
£12.2bn  including  its  share  of  JVs  (55%  in  the  UK, 
45% 
in  Continental  Europe,  with  67%  urban 
warehouses, 31% big boxes and 2% other uses). In 
the  UK,  the  group  is  exposed  to  Greater  London 
industrial  and  logistics  space  and  national  logistics 
space.  Rental  growth  in  these  markets  has  been 
remains  an  acute 
extremely  strong  as 
there 
supply-demand 
tenants’ 
requirements to deal with the growth in e-commerce. 
In Europe, Germany and France are the group’s largest 
markets with Poland third; these markets have a lower, 
but  still  positive,  rental  growth  outlook  (and  are 
geographically less space-constrained) but continue to 
see yield compression as investors have paid keener 
yields for access to strong income. While it is early days 
the logistics sector appears one of the more resilient to 
any  impacts  from  COVID-19.  The  group  also  has 
extensive  development  exposure  that  it  manages  to 
largely  pre-let  and  develop  at  yields  significantly  in 
excess of investment values (c.7% yield on cost vs. an 
EPRA net initial yield of 3.8% at FY19). We expect this 
to drive both earnings and NAV growth over the short 
to  medium  term,  as  well  as  high  shareholder  total 
returns.  In  our  view  the  LTV  is  relatively  low  risk  at 
c.24%,  and  the  development  pipeline  has  been 
funded by fresh equity. The five-year total shareholder 
return has been 125%.

This 

transformational 

Argan  is  a  French  company,  created  in  2000  by 
Jean-Claude Le Lan, which has been listed since 2007. 
The  objective  of  the  company  has  been  to  build  a 
portfolio of premium logistic assets which guarantee a 
stable and high occupancy rate at around 100%. The 
company is vertically integrated and has full control of 
the  entire  value  chain  by  identifying  future  needs  of 
prospective and current tenants and developing assets 
on their behalf. Therefore, Argan is able to capture the 
developer  margin  while  having  little  to  no  risk  on  the 
letting side. In 2019, the company acquired the Cargo 
portfolio  from  Carrefour  (22  premium  assets  for 
EUR900m). 
transaction 
(representing  an  equivalent  of  eight  years  of 
development) allowed Argan to reach a portfolio value 
of EUR2.7bn at the end of 2019 and a GLA of 2.9m 
sqm. The average age of the Argan portfolio is relatively 
recent at 8.4 years while the occupancy rate at the end 
of 2019 stand at 99%. The average residual lease term 
was 5.8 years at the end of 2019 while the company 
tends  to  start  renewal  discussions  with  tenants  well 
ahead  of  expiry  dates.  58%  of  the  rents  are  derived 
from food retail with Carrefour being the first tenant of 
the company (36% of the total rents) and 57% of the 
portfolio  are  assets  with  a  GLA  above  50k  sqm.  The 
company has delivered a solid and sustainable financial 
growth since its creation: rents have increased annually 
by  23%  between  2000  and  2019  while  the  EPRA 
NNNAV  (excl  duties)  has  grown  annually  by  23% 
between 2013 and 2019. The funding of the company 
is  based  on  a  conservative  mix  of  90%  amortisable 
mortgage loans with an average maturity of 9 years and 
10%  of  bonds.  The  relatively  low  dividend  payout  at 
below  50%  allows  the  company  to  retain  cash  and 
reinvest  in  new  development  projects  while  repaying 
debts.  The  management  of  the  company  has  been 
assumed by its founder Jean-Claude Le Lan who owns 
alongside  family  members  40%  of  the  share  capital 
which is a strong guarantee of alignment. The five-year 
total shareholder return has been 255% 

†Notes 
• The Percentage of Investment portfolio positions set out above include exposures through CFD for both the individual positions and the portfolio.  
• The Investment Portfolio by Country positions set out on page 17 are the physical holdings only included in the Investments held at fair value in the Balance Sheet. The profit or loss 

positions on the CFD and TRS contracts (ie not the investment exposure) are also shown on page 17 and are included in the Balance Sheet as debtors or creditors in the Current assets.

                TR Property Investment Trust

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Twelve Largest Equity Investments 

continued

Deutsche Wohnen 

 7 (Germany) 

Fabege 

 8 (Sweden) 

Assura 

  9  (UK) 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

Shareholding value

£36.4m

£69.5m 

Shareholding value

£35.0m

£44.3m 

Shareholding value

£34.1m

£8.3m 

% of investment  
portfolio†

% of equity owned

Share price

3.0% 

5.2%

0.3% 
q34.7

0.5% 
q43.2 

% of investment  
portfolio†

% of equity owned

2.9%

1.0%

3.3%

% of investment  
portfolio†

1.2% 

% of equity owned

Share price

SEK127.30 SEK135.00 

Share price

2.8%

0.6%

1.7%

84.0p

0.6% 

57.0p 

Deutsche  Wohnen  is  Germany’s  second  largest 
residential  company  with  the  bulk  of  its  exposure  to 
Greater  Berlin  (76%  of  the  total  portfolio  FV).  The 
company  owns  a  high-quality  portfolio  consisting  of 
more  than  161,000  units  with  a  combined  value  of 
€24bn.  In  addition  to  the  rental  business,  the 
company is present in the Nursing and Assisted Living 
business which around represented 10% of the Group 
EBITDA  in  2019.  The  company  announced  at  their 
FY19  results  the  acquisition  of  a  development 
business (‘’Isaria’’) for EUR600m which should result 
in  a  total  investment  of  EUR1.8bn  for  around  2,700 
residential units principally in the Munich region (more 
than 70% of the total area). The company showed a 
solid  financial  performance  in  2019  with  a  total 
accounting  return  of  13%  albeit  lower  than  peers 
average  at  17%  while  LfL  rental  growth  was  +3.4% 
ahead of the guidance at +3.0%. The Greater Berlin 
portfolio was valued at EUR2,584 per sqm on average 
which leaves significant upside potential in the future 
once  the  regulatory  pressures  alleviate.  On  this  topic 
and more specifically on the Berlin rental freeze which 
will be implemented this year, management reiterated 
that in their view the likely impact would be around 4 
to 5% of their total income (most of it materializing in 
2021).  The  management  also  reiterated  (in  line 
with  other 
is 
anti-constitutional and that a constitutional review will 
be submitted this year. The five-year total shareholder 
return has been 64%.

residential  peers) 

that 

this 

law 

Assura holds c.£2bn of assets in a single asset class: 
560 medical centres spread across the UK. While the 
outlook for rental growth in this asset class is relatively 
limited, income from these assets is extremely reliable 
(being effectively underwritten by the NHS), and the 
portfolio benefits from a long-dated WAULT, currently 
11.6 years. The shares carry have a bond-like quality, 
and  the  company’s  dependability  of  income  meant 
that  it  was  one  of  the  best  performers  during  the 
COVID-19  crisis,  and  offered  good  downside 
protection  when  the  market  crashed.  The  company 
looks to enhance its existing portfolio through selective 
developments  and  acquisitions,  and  recently  raised 
£185m to finance future growth opportunities in this 
below 
pipeline,  while  maintaining 
management’s  40% 
total 
shareholder return has been 57%. 

limit.  The 

five-year 

leverage 

Fabege  is  an  owner  and  developer  of  Stockholm 
offices,  with  a  SEK  65bn  portfolio.  The  Stockholm 
office  market  has  seen,  and  in  our  view  over  the 
medium-term is set to continue to see, strong rental 
growth  –  prime  rents  in  Stockholm  reached  c.SEK 
8,000 psm, up from SEK 4,500 psm just 4 years ago. 
In  addition  to  capturing  this  strong  rental  growth 
(rental growth in an identical portfolio over the course 
of  the  year  was  14%  in  FY19)  in  its  investment 
portfolio,  Fabege  undertakes  a  large  amount  of 
development  (it  is  responsible  for  c.50%  of  all  new 
office  developments  in  Stockholm)  and  has  enjoyed 
very  strong  returns  on  its  project  portfolio  (the 
company targets >50% ROIC, but often exceeds this 
by  a  distance  to  achieve  100%+).  Having  executed 
large scale development in Arenastaden the company 
has now turned its focus to Flemingsberg to the South 
of the city, and has recently confirmed its first pre-let 
tenant  in  the  area.  We  continue  to  back  Fabege’s 
development focused strategy under the stewardship 
of  new  CEO  Stefan  Dahlbo,  and  note  that  Sweden’s 
COVID-19 strategy at a country-wide level has involved 
far  fewer  restrictions  than  other  European  cities  – 
developments have not been postponed or cancelled 
for example. The five-year shareholder total return has 
been 135% in GBP terms.

†Notes 
• The Percentage of Investment portfolio positions set out above include exposures through CFD for both the individual positions and the portfolio.  
• The Investment Portfolio by Country positions set out on page 17 are the physical holdings only included in the Investments held at fair value in the Balance Sheet. The profit or loss 

positions on the CFD and TRS contracts (ie not the investment exposure) are also shown on page 17 and are included in the Balance Sheet as debtors or creditors in the Current assets.

20               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Twelve Largest Equity Investments 

continued

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Unite Group 

 10(UK) 

  McKay Securities 

 11  (UK) 

  Landsec 

 12  (UK) 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

31 March
2020

31 March  
2019 

Shareholding value

£33.0m 

£49.6m 

Shareholding value

£32.1m

£34.8m 

Shareholding value

£31.9m

£74.9m 

% of investment  
portfolio†

% of equity owned

2.7%

1.1%

3.7%

% of investment  
portfolio†

2.6%

2.6%

% of investment  
portfolio†

2.1% 

% of equity owned

19.5% 

15.7% 

% of equity owned

2.6%

0.8%

5.6%

1.1% 

Share price

802.0p

918.0p 

Share price

175.0p

235.0p 

Share price

557.0p

913.40p 

Unite is the UK’s largest purpose-built student housing 
developer,  owner  and  operator.  The  group  manages 
just over 74,000 student beds either wholly-owned or 
within joint ventures, having increased its total beds by 
c.54% through the acquisition of Liberty Living, which 
it  completed  in  late  2019.  Unite  offers  a  strong 
development pipeline of c.5,000 beds funded through 
retained  resources  and  active  portfolio  recycling. 
Student  accommodation  was  one  of  the  sectors 
directly  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  and 
universities  were  forced  to  close  to  protect  students’ 
health.  Facing  this,  the  company  elected  to  help  its 
customers  and  allow  them  to  cancel  contracts  once 
universities  closed, 
lease 
agreements.  We  believe  this  was  the  right  course  of 
action, and expect that in a normalised environment, 
where UK higher education remains globally attractive 
the 
with  a 
landlord’s  favour,  UTG  will  return  to  its  position  as 
sector  leader  and  the  partner  of  choice  for  UK 
universities,  likely  achieving  consistent  3%+  rental 
growth as it did in the past. Leverage is running slightly 
ahead of normal levels with LTV at 37%, however this 
was  due  to  the  Liberty  Living  acquisition,  and  is 
expected to trend down over time. The five-year total 
shareholder return has been 57%.

large  supply/demand 

than  enforcing 

imbalance 

rather 

in 

McKay  Securities’  £492m  portfolio  is  focused  on 
markets  where  we  believe  the  fundamentals  remain 
attractive. The geographical split of its portfolio is 52% 
South East Offices, 25% London Offices, 18% South 
East Industrial and 5% in Other sectors. We continue 
to view the share price as a severe undervaluation of 
the  strong  fundamentals  of  its  underlying  assets,  not 
least  the  significant  (24%)  reversion  within  the 
portfolio. The company successfully agreed the sale of 
30  Lombard  Street 
its 
redevelopment in January 2019, and we believe the 
letting  up  of  its  recently  completed,  speculatively 
developed,  Theale  Logistics  Park  will  trigger  further 
upside  in  the  company’s  earnings  outlook.  Leverage 
remains  well  controlled  (LTV  35%)  as  does  the 
company’s approach to development risk, completing 
its only speculative development before the COVID-19 
crisis struck. The five-year total shareholder return has 
been -15%.

for  £76.5m 

following 

Landsec  is  one  of  the  UK’s  largest  REITs  by  portfolio 
value, managing £13bn of assets (including its share of 
joint  ventures  and  developments).  The  company  is 
often thought of as “half retail, half London offices” but 
in reality the portfolio (by value) is 50% London offices, 
with  38%  traditional  retail  (retail  parks  and  shopping 
centres) and 12% leisure assets, while the geographical 
weighting is 67% London. We believe Landsec’s retail 
assets  are  better  placed  than  most  to  weather  the 
structural  storm  facing  the  retail  landscape,  with  its 
much  smaller  quantum  of  retail  parks  compared  with 
peer British Land a case in point. With CEO Rob Noel 
stepping down in 2020 Mark Allan, the highly respected 
former CEO of Unite Group and St Modwen, is set to 
take the reins to lead Landsec through this next chapter 
in its history. The company’s leverage is low (28%), and 
its development exposure is modest, so while the retail 
outlook is tough the company’s balance sheet is in no 
way stretched. We also believe that the current equity 
valuation (c.50% discount to NAV and c.8.5% earnings 
yield)  offers  a  level  of  downside  protection  for  the 
shares,  despite  the  retail  exposure.  The  five-year  total 
shareholder return has been -46%. 

†Notes 
• The Percentage of Investment portfolio positions set out above include exposures through CFD for both the individual positions and the portfolio.  
• The Investment Portfolio by Country positions set out on page 17 are the physical holdings only included in the Investments held at fair value in the Balance Sheet. The profit or loss 

positions on the CFD and TRS contracts (ie not the investment exposure) are also shown on page 17 and are included in the Balance Sheet as debtors or creditors in the Current assets.

                TR Property Investment Trust

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Investment Properties 

as at 31 March 2020

Spread of Direct Portfolio by Capital Value (%) 
as at 31 March 2020                                                           

                                                                                                   Residential 
                                                                                                             and 
                                                                                                        Ground 
                                                                    Retail       Industrial            Rents            Other 

West End of London                                     43.9%                  –          14.8%            0.6%
Inner London*                                                1.6%          24.0%                  –                  –
South West                                                          –          15.1%                  –                  –

Total 

59.3% 
25.6% 
15.1% 

Total                                                           45.5%          39.1%          14.8%            0.6%

100.0% 

*Inner London defined as inside the North and South Circular.

Lease Lengths within the Direct Property Portfolio 
as at 31 March 2020                                  Gross rental income 
0 to 5 years                                                     40% 
5 to 10 years                                                   14% 
10 to 15 years                                                   6% 
15 to 20 years                                                 39% 
20+ years                                                          1% 
                                                                   100%

Contracted Rent 
Year 1                                                   £2,950,000 
Years 2-5                                             £10,100,000 
Years 5+                                              £15,500,000

Value in excess of £10 million

The Colonnades, Bishops Bridge Road, London W2 

Sector                          Mixed Use 

Tenure                         Freehold 

Size (sq ft)                   64,000 

Principal tenants         Waitrose Ltd                   1Rebel 
                                    Graham & Green            Specsavers 

The property comprises a large mixed-use block in 
Bayswater, constructed in the mid-1970s. The site 
extends to approximately 2 acres on the north east 
corner of the junction of Bishops Bridge Road and 
Porchester Road, close to Bayswater tube station and 
the Whiteleys Shopping Centre. The commercial 
element was extended and refurbished in 2015 with 
a new 20 year lease being agreed with Waitrose. 

Ferrier Street Industrial Estate, Wandsworth, London SW18 

Sector                          Industrial 

Tenure                         Freehold 

Size (sq ft)                   36,000 

Principal tenants         Mossimans 
                                    Kougar Tool Hire Ltd      Page Lacquer 

Site of just over an acre, 50 metres from Wandsworth 
Town railway station in an area that is predominantly 
residential. The estate comprises 16 small industrial 
units generally let to a mix of small to medium-sized 
private companies. Planning permission granted in 
December 2019 for a mixed-use employment led 
redevelopment. 

22               TR Property Investment Trust

 
                                                                                                
                           
                           
Investment Properties 

as at 31 March 2020 – continued

Value less than £10 million

Yodel Unit, Woodlands Park, Almondsbury, Bristol BS32 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Sector                          Industrial 

Tenure                         Freehold 

Size (sq ft)                   53,000 

Principal tenants         Yodel Delivery 
                                    Network Ltd 

Located on the junction of the M4 and M5, this 
industrial building is let to Yodel, the parcel delivery 
company, on a lease expiring in 2025. The building 
sits on a 5.75-acre site giving a low site density and 
a large yard offering a variety of alternative uses for 
the site. 

IO Centre, Gloucester Business Park, Gloucester GL3 

Sector                          Industrial 

Tenure                         Freehold 

Size (sq ft)                   63,000 

Principal tenants         Infusion GB 

The IO Centre comprises six industrial units occupied 
by two tenants and sits on a 4.5-acre site. Gloucester 
Business Park is located to the east of Junction 11A 
of the M5 and one mile to the east of Gloucester City 
Centre. The property also has easy access to the 
A417 providing good links to the M4 via junction 15. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

23

 
                           
                           
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Investment Objective and Benchmark 

The Company’s Objective is to maximise shareholders’ total return by investing in the shares and securities of property 
companies and property related businesses internationally and also in investment property located in the UK. 

The benchmark is the FTSE EPRA/NAREIT Developed Europe Capped Net Total Return Index in Sterling. The index, 
calculated by FTSE, is free-float based and currently has 108 constituent companies. The index limits exposure to any one 
company to 10% and reweights the other constituents pro-rata. The benchmark website www.epra.com contains further 
details about the index and performance. 

Business Model 

The Company’s business model follows that of an externally managed investment trust. 

The Company has no employees. Its wholly non-executive Board of Directors retains responsibility for corporate strategy; 
corporate governance; risk and control assessment; the overall investment and dividend policies; setting limits on gearing 
and asset allocation and monitoring investment performance. 

The Board has appointed BMO Investment Business Limited as the Alternative Investment Fund Manager with portfolio 
management delegated to Thames River Capital LLP. Marcus Phayre-Mudge acts as Fund Manager to the Company on 
behalf of Thames River Capital LLP and Alban Lhonneur is Deputy Fund Manager. George Gay is the Direct Property 
Manager and Joanne Elliott the Finance Manager. They are supported by a team of equity and portfolio analysts. 

Further information in relation to the Board and the arrangements under the Investment Management Agreement can be 
found in the Report of the Directors on pages 35 and 53 to 54. 

In accordance with the AIFMD, BNP Paribas has been appointed as Depositary to the Company. BNP Paribas also provide 
custodial and administration services to the Company. Company secretarial services are provided by Link Company 
Matters. 

The specific terms of the Investment Management Agreement are set out on pages 53 and 54. 

24               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Strategy and Investment Policies 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

The investment selection process seeks to identify well managed companies of all sizes. The Manager generally regards 
future growth and capital appreciation potential more highly than immediate yield or discount to asset value. 

Although the investment objective allows for investment on an international basis, the benchmark is a Pan-European 
Index and the majority of the investments will be located in that geographical area. Direct property investments are 
located in the UK only. 

As a dedicated investor in the property sector the Company cannot offer diversification outside that sector, however, 
within the portfolio there are limitations, as set out below, on the size of individual investments held to ensure 
diversification within the portfolio. 

Asset allocation guidelines 

The maximum holding in the stock of any one issuer or of a single asset is limited to 15% of the portfolio at the point of 
acquisition. In addition, any holdings in excess of 5% of the portfolio must not in aggregate exceed 40% of the portfolio. 

The Manager currently applies the following guidelines for asset allocation: 

UK listed equities
Continental European listed equities
Direct Property – UK
Other listed equities

25 – 50%          Other listed equities                              0 – 5% 
45 – 75%          Listed bonds                                         0 – 5% 
0 – 20%          Unquoted investments                          0 – 5% 
0 – 5% 

Gearing 

The Company may employ levels of gearing from time to time with the aim of enhancing returns, subject to an overall 
maximum of 25% of the portfolio value. 

In certain market conditions the Manager may consider it prudent not to employ gearing on the balance sheet at all, and 
to hold part of the portfolio in cash. 

The current asset allocation guideline is 10% net cash to 25% net gearing (as a percentage of portfolio value). 

Property Valuation 

Investment properties are valued every six months by an external independent valuer. Valuations of all the Group’s properties 
as at 31 March 2020 have been carried out on a “Red Book” basis and these valuations have been adopted in the accounts. 

Allocation of costs between Revenue & Capital 

On the basis of the Board’s expected long-term split of returns in the form of capital gains and income, the Group 
charges 75% of annual base management fees and finance costs to capital. All performance fees are charged to capital. 

Holdings in Investment Companies 

It is the Board’s current intention to hold no more than 15% of the portfolio in listed closed-ended investment 
companies. 

Some companies investing in commercial or residential property are structured as listed externally managed closed-ended 
investment companies and therefore form part of our investment universe. Although this is not a model usually favoured by 
our Fund Manager, some investments are made in these structures in order to access a particular sector of the market or 
where the management team is regarded as especially strong. If these companies grow and become a larger part of our 
investment universe and/or new companies come to the market in this format the Manager may wish to increase exposure 
to these vehicles. If the Manager wishes to increase investment to over 15%, the Company will make an announcement 
accordingly.

                TR Property Investment Trust

25

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Key Performance Indicators 

The Board assesses the performance of the Manager in meeting the Trust’s objective against the following Key 
Performance Indicators (“KPIs”): 

KPI

Board monitoring and outcome 

Net Asset Value Total Return 
relative to the benchmark 

The Directors regard the out-performance of 
the Company’s net asset value total return in 
comparison with the benchmark as being an 
overall measure of value delivered to the 
shareholders over the longer-term.

l The Board reviews the performance in detail at each meeting and 

discusses the results and outlook with the Manager. 

NAV Total Return* (Annualised)

Benchmark Total Return  
(Annualised)

Outcome 

1 Year

–11.5%

5 Years 

5.4% 

–14.0%

2.4%

* NAV Total Return is calculated by re-investing the dividends in the assets of the Company 
from the relevant ex-dividend date. Dividends are deemed to be re-invested on the 
ex-dividend date for the benchmark.

Delivering a reliable dividend which 
is growing over the longer term 

l The Board reviews statements on income received to date and 

income forecasts at each meeting. 

The principal objective of the Company is 
a total return objective, however, the Fund 
Manager also aims to deliver a reliable 
dividend with growth over the longer-term.

The Discount or Premium at 
which the Company’s shares trade 
compared with Net Asset Value 

Whilst expectation of investment performance 
is a key driver of the share price discount or 
premium to the Net Asset Value of an 
investment trust over the longer-term, there 
are periods when the discount can widen. 
The Board is aware of the vulnerability of a 
sector-specialist trust to a change of investor 
sentiment towards that sector, or periods of 
wider market uncertainty and the impact that 
can have on the discount.

Compound Annual Dividend  
Growth*

Compound Annual RPI

Outcome 

1 Year

5 Years 

3.7%

2.6%

12.7% 

2.6% 

* The final dividend in the time series divided by the initial dividend in the period raised to 
the power of 1 divided by the number of years in the series.

l The Board takes powers at each AGM to buy-back and issue 
shares. When considering the merits of share buy-back or 
issuance, the Board looks at a number of factors in addition to the 
short and longer-term discount or premium to NAV to assess 
whether action would be beneficial to shareholders overall. 
Particular attention is paid to the current market sentiment, the 
potential impact of any share buy-back activity on the liquidity of 
the shares and on Ongoing Charges over the longer-term. 

Average discount*

Total number of shares  

repurchased

Outcome 

1 Year

2.0%

5 Years 

4.9% 

Nil

Nil 

* Average daily discount throughout the period of share price to NAV. with income. Source: 
Bloomberg.

26               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
 
 
Key Performance Indicators 

continued

KPI

Board monitoring and outcome 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

l Expenses are budgeted for each financial year and the Board 
reviews regular reports on actual and forecast expenses 
throughout the year. 

Outcome 

1 Year

5 Years 

Ongoing charges excluding  

performance fees

0.61%

0.66% 

Ongoing charges 
excluding Performance Fees and 
Direct Property Costs 

0.59%

0.62% 

l The ongoing charges are competitive when compared to the peer 

group. 

Level of Ongoing Charges 

The Board is conscious of expenses and aims 
to deliver a balance between excellent service 
and costs. 

The AIC definition of Ongoing Charges 
includes any direct property costs in addition 
to the management fees and all other 
expenses incurred in running a publicly listed 
company. As no other investment trusts hold 
part of their portfolio in direct property (they 
either hold 100% of their portfolio as 
property securities or as direct property), in 
addition to Ongoing Charges as defined by 
the AIC, this statistic is shown without direct 
property costs to allow a clearer comparison 
of overall administration costs with other 
funds investing in securities. 

The Board monitors the Ongoing Charges, in 
comparison to a range of other Investment 
Trusts of a similar size, both property sector 
specialists and other sector specialists.

Investment Trust Status 

The Company must continue to operate 
in order to meet the requirements for 
Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 
2010.

l The Board reviews financial information and forecasts at each 

meeting which set out the requirements outlined in Section 1158. 

l The Directors believe that the conditions and ongoing 

requirements have been met in respect of the year to 31 March 
2020 and that the Company will continue to meet the 
requirements.

The KPIs are considered to be Alternative Performance Measures as defined on page 97. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

27

 
 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

In delivering long-term returns to shareholders, the Board must also identify and monitor the risks that have been taken in 
order to achieve that return. The Board has included below details of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
Company and the appropriate measures taken in order to mitigate these risks as far as practicable. 

The Board also considers new and emerging risks adding appropriate monitoring and mitigation measures accordingly. 

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the response of financial markets, ongoing impact on economies around the 
world and operational changes in response to government guidelines has increased some of the risks listed below in 
comparison with the prior year.  

Risk Identified

Board monitoring and mitigation 

Share price performs poorly in comparison 
to the underlying NAV 

The shares of the Company are listed on the London Stock 

Exchange and the share price is determined by supply and 

demand. The shares may trade at a discount or premium to 

the Company’s underlying NAV and this discount or premium 

may fluctuate over time.

l The Board monitors the level of discount or premium 
at which the shares are trading over the short and 

longer-term. 

l The Board encourages engagement with the shareholders. 
The Board receives reports at each meeting on the activity 

of the Company’s brokers, PR agent and meetings and 

events attended by the Fund Manager.  

l The Company’s shares are available through the BMO 

share schemes and the Company participates in the active 

marketing of these schemes. The shares are also widely 

available on open architecture platforms and can be held 

directly through the Company’s registrar. 

l The Board takes the powers to buy-back and to issue 

shares at each AGM.

Poor investment performance of the 
portfolio relative to the benchmark 

The Company’s portfolio is actively managed. In addition to 

investment securities the Company also invests in commercial 

property and accordingly, the portfolio may not follow or 

outperform the return of the benchmark.

l The Manager’s objective is to outperform the benchmark. 
The Board regularly reviews the Company’s long-term 

strategy and investment guidelines and the Manager’s 

relative positions against these. 

l The Management Engagement Committee reviews the 
Manager’s performance annually. The Board has the 

powers to change the Manager if deemed appropriate.

28               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

continued

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Board monitoring and mitigation 

l The Board receives and considers a regular report from the 
Manager detailing asset allocation, investment decisions, 

currency exposures, gearing levels and rationale in relation 

to the prevailing market conditions. 

l The report considers the potential impact of Brexit and the 

Manager’s response in positioning the portfolio. 

l The report considers the current and potential future 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the ongoing 

implication for the property market and valuations overall 

and by each sector.

Risk Identified

Market risk 

Both share prices and exchange rates may move rapidly and 

adversely impact the value of the Company’s portfolio. 

Although the portfolio is diversified across a number of 

geographical regions, the investment mandate is focused on 

a single sector and therefore the portfolio will be sensitive 

towards the property sector, as well as global equity markets 

more generally. 

Property companies are subject to many factors which can 
adversely affect their investment performance, these include 
the general economic and financial environment in which their 

tenants operate, interest rates, availability of investment and 

development finance and regulations issued by governments and 

authorities. 

As highlighted since the result of the UK referendum in June 2016, 

parts of the UK property market may be adversely affected by 

Brexit. Although we are now in the withdrawal period, the 

negotiations continue and until the structure of our future 

relationship with Continental Europe is clearer we cannot fully 

assess the likely final impact on occupation across each sector. 

The impact of Brexit has been dwarfed by the COVID-19 global 

pandemic. This has created unprecedented uncertainty regarding 

the impact on economies and property markets around the world 

both in the short and longer term. 

Any strengthening or weakening of Sterling in response to either 

COVID-19 or Brexit will have a direct impact as a proportion of our 

Balance Sheet is held in non-GBP denominated currencies.  The 

currency exposure is maintained in line with the benchmark and 

will change over time. As at 31 March 2020, 73% of the Trust’s 

exposure is to currencies other than GBP.

                TR Property Investment Trust

29

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

continued

Risk Identified

Board monitoring and mitigation 

l The Board receives and considers regular income 

forecasts. 

l Income forecast sensitivity to changes in FX rates is also 

monitored. 

l The Company has revenue reserves which can be drawn 

upon when required. 

l The Board will continue to monitor the impact of 

COVID-19 and the long term implications for income 

generation.

The Company is unable to maintain dividend 
growth 

Lower earnings in the underlying portfolio putting pressure on the 

Company’s ability to grow the dividend could result from a number 

of factors: 
l lower earnings and distributions in investee companies. 

Companies are being negatively impacted by the COVID-19 

pandemic. Lockdown and companies furloughing employees 

has had an immediate impact and companies in some sectors 

have already cancelled or reduced dividends as a 

precautionary measure to protect their balance sheets in the 

short term. We expect this to continue until the longer term 

implications are understood; 

l prolonged vacancies in the direct property portfolio and lease 

or rental renegotiations as a result of COVID-19; 

l strengthening Sterling reducing the value of overseas dividend 
receipts in Sterling terms. The Company has seen a material 

increase in the level of earnings in recent years. A significant 

factor in this was the weakening of Sterling following the Brexit 

decision. This may reverse in the near or medium term as the 

longer term implications of Brexit and the COVID-19 pandemic 

and the impact on the UK and European economies are 

understood, leading to a fall in earning; 

l adverse changes in the tax treatment of dividends or other 

income received by the Company; and 

l changes in the timing of dividend receipts from investee 

companies.

Accounting and operational risks 

l Third party service providers produce periodic reports to the 

Disruption or failure of systems and processes underpinning 

the services provided by third parties and the risk that these 

suppliers provide a sub-standard service. 

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the operational 

response from the Manager and service providers has been 

considered. 

Board on their control environments and business 
continuation provisions on a regular basis.  

l The Management Engagement Committee considers the 

performance of each of the service providers on a regular basis 
and considers their ongoing appointment and terms and 
conditions. 

l The Custodian and Depositary are responsible for the 

safeguarding of assets. In the event of a loss of assets the 
Depositary must return assets of an identical type or 
corresponding amount unless able to demonstrate that the loss 
was the result of an event beyond their reasonable control. 

l Monitoring the quality and timeliness of services as service 

providers respond to COVID-19 regulations and guidelines, in 
particular with widespread home working, and consideration of 
the durability of the arrangements.

30               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Risk Identified

Financial risks 

The Company’s investment activities expose it to a variety of 

Board monitoring and mitigation 

l Details of these risks together with the policies for 
managing these risks are found in the Notes to the 

financial risks which include counterparty credit risk, liquidity 

Financial Statements on pages 72 to 96.

risk and the valuation of financial instruments. Any impact of 

the COVID-19 pandemic has been considered. 

Loss of Investment Trust Status 

l The Investment Manager monitors the investment 

The Company has been accepted by HM Revenue & Customs 

as an investment trust, subject to continuing to meet the 

relevant eligibility conditions. As such the Company is exempt 

from capital gains tax on the profits realised from the sale of 

investments.  

Any breach of the relevant eligibility conditions could lead to 

the Company losing investment trust status and being subject 

to corporation tax on capital gains realised within the 

Company’s portfolio.

portfolio, income and proposed dividend levels to ensure 

that the provisions of CTA 2010 are not breached. The 

results are reported to the Board at each meeting. 

l The income forecasts are reviewed by the Company’s tax 
advisor through the year who also reports to the Board on 

the year-end tax position and on CTA 2010 compliance.

Legal, regulatory and reporting risks 

Failure to comply with the London Stock Exchange Listing 

Rules and Disclosure Guidance and Transparency rules; failure 

to meet the requirements under the Alternative Investment 

Funds Directive, the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 

and other UK, European and overseas legislation affecting 

UK companies. Failure to meet the required accounting 

l The Board receives regular regulatory updates from the 
Manager, Company Secretary, legal advisors and the 

Auditors. The Board considers these reports and 

recommendations and takes action accordingly. 

l The Board receives an annual report and update from the 

Depositary. 

standards or make appropriate disclosures in the Interim and 

l Internal checklists and review procedures are in place at 

Annual Reports.

service providers.

Inappropriate use of gearing 

Gearing, either through the use of bank debt or through the 
use of derivatives may be utilised from time to time. Whilst the 

use of gearing is intended to enhance the NAV total return, it 

will have the opposite effect when the return of the 

Company’s investment portfolio is negative.

l The Board receives regular reports from the Manager on 

the levels of gearing in the portfolio. These are considered 

against the gearing limits set in the Investment Guidelines 

and also in the context of current market conditions and 

sentiment. 

Personnel changes at Investment Manager 

l The Chairman conducts regular meetings with the Fund 

Loss of portfolio manager or other key staff.

Management team. 

l The fee basis protects the core infrastructure and depth 
and quality of resources. The fee structure incentivises 

good performance and is fundamental in the ability to 

retain key staff. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Viability Statement 

In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate Governance Code, which requires the Company to assess the prospects of 
the Company over the longer term, the Directors have assessed the prospects of the Company over the coming five years. This 
period is used by the Board during the strategic planning process and the Board consider this period of time appropriate for a 
business of our nature and size. 

This assessment takes account of the Company’s current position and the policies and processes for managing the principal and 
emerging risks set out on pages 28 to 31 and the Company’s ability to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period of assessment. In making this statement the Board carried out a robust assessment of the principal and 
emerging risks facing the Company, including those that might threaten its business model, future performance, solvency and 
liquidity. 

In reaching their conclusions the Directors have reviewed five-year forecasts for the Company with sensitivity analysis to a number 
of assumptions; investee company dividend growth, interest rate, foreign exchange rate, tax rate and asset value growth. 

In the assessment of the viability of the Company the Directors have noted that: 

l The Company has a long-term investment strategy under which it invests mainly in readily realisable, publicly listed securities 

and which restricts the level of borrowings. 

l Of the current portfolio, 69% could be liquidated within ten trading days. 

l On a Group basis, Current assets exceed current liabilities at the Balance Sheet Date. 

l The external valuation of the direct property portfolio as at 31 March 2020 contains a material uncertainty clause from 

Knight Frank which is in line with the current RICS guideline to valuers and reflects the increased difficulty in 
determining asset values when few, if any, comparable transaction have occurred in the current environment. 
Consequently less certainty can be attached to the valuation than would otherwise be the case. The direct property 
portfolio represents less than 8% of the Company’s investment exposure. 

l The Company invests in real estate related companies which hold real estate assets, and invests in commercial real estate 

directly. These investments provide cash receipts in the form of dividends and rental income. 

l The Company is able to take advantage of its closed-ended Investment Trust structure and able to hold a proportion of its 

portfolio in less liquid direct property with a view to long-term outperformance. 

l At the Balance Sheet Date the Company had £70 million undrawn on its revolving loan facilities. 

l The structure has also enabled the Company to secure long-term financing. EUR 50m loan notes issued in 2016 are due to 

mature at par in 2026 and GBP15m loan notes issued on the same date are due to mature at par in 2031. 

l The impact of COVID-19 and its impact on the UK and European commercial property markets has been considered. 

A reduction in dividend receipts from investee companies is anticipated for the forthcoming year. The longer term impact is 
harder to assess at this stage, but the long term capital of the Investment Trust structure is beneficial. 

l The direct property portfolio is well positioned in respect of the COVID-19 crisis and rental collection to date has been 

robust. We have very limited exposure to retail and some smaller occupiers in the hospitality sector, however, overall the 
expected drop in income from the direct portfolio in 2020/21 is not material. 

l The expenses of the Company are predictable and modest in comparison with the assets. Regular and robust monitoring of 
revenue and expenditure forecasts are undertaken throughout the year. The Company could suffer a reduction in earnings of 
75% and still be able to meet its liabilities as they fell due. 

32               TR Property Investment Trust

 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

l The Company has no employees and consequently does not have redundancy or other employment related liabilities or 

responsibilities. 

l The Company retains title to its assets held by the Custodian which are subject to further safeguards imposed on the 

Depositary. 

l The impact of Brexit and COVID-19 have been considered in terms of the potential effect on Sterling. 73% of the portfolio is 

exposed to currencies other than Sterling. 

The following assumptions have been made in assessing the longer-term viability: 

l Real Estate will continue to be an investable sector of international stock markets and investors will continue to wish to have 

exposure to that sector. 

l Closed-ended Investment Trusts will continue to be wanted by investors and regulation or tax legislation will not change to 

an extent to make the structure unattractive in comparison to other investment products. 

l The performance of the Company will continue to be satisfactory. Should the performance be less than the Board deems to 

be satisfactory, it has the appropriate powers to replace the Investment Manager. 

The Board has concluded that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due over the coming five years. The Company’s business model, capital structure and strategy have enabled 
the Company to operate over many decades, and the Board expects this to continue into the future. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

33

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

I

Corporate Responsibility 

Exercise of voting power 

The Board has approved a corporate governance voting policy which, in its opinion, accords with current best practice 
whilst maintaining a primary focus on financial returns. 

The exercise of voting rights attached to the Company’s portfolio has been delegated to the Manager who takes a global 
approach to engagement with issuers and their management in all of the jurisdictions in which it invests. The Manager is 
required to include disclosure about the nature of their commitment to the Financial Reporting Committee’s Stewardship 
Code and details may be found at www.fandc.com. 

Environmental policy & Socially Responsible Investment 

The Company considers that good corporate governance extends to policies on the environment, employment, human 
rights and community relationships. Corporates are playing an increasingly important role in global economic activity and 
the adoption of good corporate governance enhances a company’s economic prospects by reducing the risk of 
government and regulatory intervention and any ensuing damage to its business or reputation. 

The Company has adopted an environmental policy in respect of its investments in both physical property and listed 
property companies. Within the context of the overall aim of the Company to maximise shareholders’ returns the 
Directors will seek to limit the Company’s and its investee companies’ impact on the environment and will comply with 
all relevant legislation relating to its operations and activities. 

The environmental policies and behaviour of all the companies in which the Company invests are taken into account in 
decision making. 

Good environmental management can play a role in overall risk management and also have a financial impact in terms 
of savings through energy and water efficiency. Where appropriate the Manager will engage with investee companies to 
raise concerns about environmental matters. 

So far as direct property investments are concerned, the Company conducts environmental audits prior to purchase to 
identify contamination or materials considered environmentally harmful. The Company will take remedial action or 
enforce tenant obligations to do so wherever appropriate. The Company’s advisers assess the environmental impact of its 
properties on an ongoing basis and will take all necessary action to comply with environmental responsibilities. 

The Company has no greenhouse gas emissions to report from the operations of the Company, nor does it have 
responsibility for any other emissions producing sources under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Reports) Regulations 2013, including those within its underlying investment portfolio. 

Diversity, Gender Reporting and Human Rights Policy 

The Board recognises the requirement under Section 414 of the Companies Act 2006 to detail information about employee 
and human rights; including information about any policies it has in relation to these matters and effectiveness of these 
policies. As the Trust has no employees, this requirement does not apply. The Company is not within the scope of the 
UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 because it has not exceeded the turnover threshold and is therefore not obliged to make 
a slavery and human trafficking statement. The Directors are satisfied that, to the best of their knowledge, the Company's 
principal suppliers, which are listed on page 106, comply with the provisions of the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015.  

The Board currently comprises four male Directors and two female Directors. The activities of the Nomination Committee 
in relation to the board changes are referred to in the Nomination Committee Report on pages 50 and 51. The Board’s 
diversity policy is outlined in more detail in the Corporate Governance Report. The Manager has an equal opportunity 
policy which is set out on its website www.bmo.com. 

By order of the Board 
Hugh Seaborn 
Chairman  
5 June 2020

34               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Directors

Hugh Seaborn 

Chairman of the Board  

Appointed: July 2007 

Experience: Currently, Hugh is Chief Executive Officer of Cadogan, a £6bn property company with assets 
in central London. He was a member of the Council and Audit Committee of the Duchy of Lancaster until 

December 2013. From 2000 to 2009, he was Chief Executive Officer of the Portman Estate, which has 

extensive property holdings in Marylebone, London. He is past Chairman of the Estates Business Group 

and past Chairman of the Westminster Property Association. He is a Chartered Surveyor with considerable 

experience in the property sector. 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Skills and Contribution to the Board: Hugh’s long and successful career through senior leadership roles in the property sector equips him with 
the key skills and experience to lead the Trust and its investments in the property sector. He has considerable experience in real estate, leadership, 

implementing changes, and investor and shareholder engagement.  

Other Appointments: Chairman of the Knightsbridge Business Group.

David Watson 

Senior Independent Director  

Appointed: April 2012 

Experience: David became the Senior Independent Director on 30 September 2018 and simultaneously 
handed Chairmanship of the Audit Committee to Tim, a position he was appointed from 1 January 2013. 

He spent 9 years as Finance Director of M&G Group plc, where he was a director of four equity investment 

trusts, and more recently at Aviva plc as Chief Finance Officer of Aviva General Insurance. He is a Chartered 

Accountant and has had a distinguished career in the Financial Services Industry. 

Skills and Contribution to the Board: Throughout his executive career, David has accumulated relevant skills in finance, audit and risk 
management and experience in the investment industry. In addition, his experience in a number of boards gives him the skills in investor and 

shareholder engagement, making him the most appropriate to be the Senior Independent Director. 

Other Appointments: David is currently Deputy Chairman of Countrywide plc, Chairman of Kames Capital plc and a non-executive director of 
Hermes Fund Managers Limited, where he Chairs the Audit Committee.

Tim Gillbanks 

Chairman of the Audit Committee 

Appointed: January 2018 

Experience: Tim is a Chartered Accountant, with 30 years’ experience in the financial services and 
investment industry. Most recently he spent 13 years at Columbia Threadneedle Investments, initially as 

Chief Financial Officer, then Chief Operating Officer and finally as interim Chief Executive Officer. 

Skills and Contribution to the Board: Tim brings a wide experience, particularly in financial services 
and investment management. His previous financial experience during his executive career informs him in 

his role as the Chairman of the Audit Committee. 

Other Appointments: Tim is currently a Non-Executive Director for Henderson Global Investors Limited and Henderson Group Holdings Asset 
Management Limited. He is also Vice-Chair of the Board of Trustees of Blood Cancer UK.

All directors are independent of the manager and are members of the Audit Committee.

                TR Property Investment Trust

35

Directors 

continued

Simon Marrison 

Non-Executive Director 

Appointed: September 2011 

Experience: Since July 2019 he has been Chairman of Europe at LaSalle Investment Management, having 
previously been European CEO for 12 years with responsibility for a portfolio of over €20 billion across 
Europe. Mr Marrison has been based in Paris since 1990 having started his career in London. Until 1997 

he was a partner at Healey & Baker (now Cushman & Wakefield) and from 1997 to 2001 he was at 

Rodamco where he became Country Manager for France. He joined LaSalle in 2001 as Managing Director 

for Continental Europe. 

Skills and Contribution to the Board: Simon brings in a wealth of experience, particularly in the European property market. He has gained 
leadership and management skills in his executive roles and relevant skills in investment management. 

Other Appointments: Chairman of Europe at LaSalle Investment Management.

Kate Bolsover 

Non-Executive Director 

Appointed: October 2019 

Experience: She previously worked for Cazenove Group and J.P. Morgan Cazenove between 1995 and 
2005 where she was managing director of the mutual fund business, and latterly director of Corporate 

Communications. Prior to this, she worked extensively in the investment fund industry and was managing 

Director of Baring’s mutual fund group. Kate was also previously a non-executive director of JP Morgan 

American Investment Trust PLC until 2016, Senior Independent Director of Montanaro UK Smaller 

Companies Trust until 2019 and Chairman and Trustee of Tomorrow’s People until 2017. 

Skills and Contribution to the Board: From her executive experience, Kate contributes significant and relevant skills of the investment industry to 
the Trust. Kate’s role in various boards also gives her the relevant experience in investor and shareholder engagement. 

Other Appointments: Kate is currently Chairman of Fidelity Asian Values Trust and of Invesco Enhanced Income Trust. She is also a non-executive 
Director of Baillie Gifford & Co Ltd.

Sarah-Jane Curtis 

Non-Executive Director 

Appointed: January 2020 

Experience: Sarah-Jane is a Member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. Sarah-Jane was 
previously Business Director at Bicester Village for Value Retail. Before this, Sarah-Jane was Director, Covent 

Garden for Capital and Counties PLC. She has also worked for Grosvenor for 24 years including as London 

Estate Director (retail/Residential) and Fund Manager for LiverpoolONE. 

Skills and Contribution to the Board: Sarah-Jane has gained extensive experience during her varied 

career, particularly in the retail, and experience sectors and for Fund and Investment management activities. 

Other Appointments: Sarah-Jane is currently Property Director of Bicester Motion as well as a consultant to Value Retail PLC.

All directors are independent of the manager and are members of the Audit Committee.

36               TR Property Investment Trust

Managers

Marcus Phayre-Mudge 

Jo Elliott

George Gay

Alban Lhonneur 

Marcus Phayre-Mudge, Fund Manager, joined the Management team for the Company at Henderson 
Global Investors in January 1997, initially managing the Company’s direct property portfolio and latterly 

focusing on real estate equities, managing a number of UK and Pan European real estate equity funds 

in addition to activities in the Trust. Marcus moved to Thames River Capital in October 2004 where he is 

also fund manager of Thames River Property Growth & Income Fund Limited. Prior to joining Henderson, 

Marcus was an investment surveyor at Knight Frank (1990) and was made an Associate Partner in the 

fund management division (1995). He qualified as a Chartered Surveyor in 1992 and has a BSc (Hons) 

in Land Management from Reading University. 

Jo Elliott, Finance Manager, has been Finance Manager since 1995, first at Henderson Global Investors 
then, since January 2005, at Thames River Capital, when she joined as CFO for the property team. She 

joined Henderson Global Investors in 1995, where she most recently held the position of Director of 

Property, Finance & Operations, Europe. Previously she was Corporate Finance Manager with London 

and Edinburgh Trust plc and prior to that was an investment/treasury analyst with Heron Corporation plc. 

Jo has a BSc (Hons) in Zoology from the University of Nottingham and qualified as a Chartered 

Accountant with Ernst & Young in 1988. Jo is a Non-Executive Director and Audit Committee Chair of Polar 
Capital Global Financials Trust plc. 

George Gay, Direct Property Fund Manager, has been the Direct Property Fund Manager since 2008. 
He joined Thames River Capital in 2005 as assistant direct property manager and qualified as a 

Chartered Surveyor in 2006. George was previously at niche City investment agent, Morgan Pepper where 

as an investment graduate he gained considerable industry experience. He has an MA in Property 

Valuation and Law from City University.

Alban Lhonneur, Deputy Fund Manager, joined Thames River Capital in August 2008. He was previously 
at Citigroup Global Markets as an Equity Research analyst focusing on Continental European Real Estate. 

Prior to that he was at Societe Generale Securities, where he focused on transport equity research. He has 

a BSc in Business and Management from the ESC Toulouse including one year at the Brunel University, 

London. He also attended CERAM Nice High Business School. In 2005 he obtained a post-graduate 

Specialised Master in Finance in 2005 from ESCP-EAP.

                TR Property Investment Trust

37

Report of the Directors 

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

The Directors present the audited financial statements of the Group and the Company and their Strategic Report and 
Report of Directors for the year ended 31 March 2020. The Group comprises TR Property Investment Trust plc and its 
wholly owned subsidiaries. As permitted by legislation, some matters normally included in the Report of the Directors 
have been included in the Strategic Report because the Board considers them to be of strategic importance. Therefore, 
the review of the business of the Company, recent events and outlook can be found on pages 4 to 34. 

Status 

The Company is an investment company, as defined in Section 833 of the Companies Act 2006, and operates as an 
investment trust in accordance with Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010. 

The Company has a single share class, Ordinary shares, with a nominal value of 25p each which are premium listed on 
the London Stock Exchange. 

The Company has received confirmation from HM Revenue & Customs that the Company has been accepted as an 
approved investment trust for accounting periods commencing on or after 1 April 2012 subject to the Company 
continuing to meet the eligibility conditions of Section 1158 Corporation Tax Act 2010 and the ongoing requirements for 
approved companies in Chapter 3 of Part 2 Investment Trust (Approved Company) (Tax) Regulations 2011 (Statutory 
Instrument 2011/2999). 

The Directors are of the opinion that the Company has conducted and will continue to conduct its affairs so as to 
maintain investment trust status. The Company has also conducted its affairs, and will continue to conduct its affairs, in 
such a way as to comply with the Individual Savings Accounts Regulations. The Ordinary shares can be held in Individual 
Savings Accounts (ISAs). 

Results and Dividends 

At 31 March 2020 the net assets of the Company amounted to £1,136m (2019: £1,328m), on a per share basis 
358.11p (2019: 418.54p) per share. 

Revenue earnings per share for the year amounted to 14.62p (2019: 14.58p) and the Directors recommend the 
payment of a final dividend of 8.80p (2019: 8.60p) per share bringing the total dividend for the year to 14.00p (2019: 
13.50p), an increase of 3.7% for the full year. In arriving at their dividend proposal, the Board also reviewed the income 
forecasts for the year to March 2021. 

Performance details are set out in the Financial Highlights on page 1 and the outcome of what the Directors consider to 
be the Key Performance Indicators on pages 26 and 27. The Chairman’s Statement and the Manager’s Report give full 
details and analysis of the results for the year. 

Share Capital and Buy-back Activity 

At 1 April 2020 the Company had 317,350,980 (2019: 317,350,980) Ordinary shares in issue. 

At the AGM in 2019 the Directors were given power to buy back 47,570,911 Ordinary shares. Since this AGM the 
Directors have not bought back any Ordinary shares at the nominal value of 25p each under this authority. The 
outstanding authority is therefore 47,570,911 shares. 

This authority will expire at the 2020 AGM. The Company will seek to renew the power to make market purchases of 
Ordinary shares at this year’s AGM. 

Since 1 April 2020 to the date of this report, the Company has made no market purchases for cancellation. The Board 
has not set a specific discount at which shares will be repurchased. 

38               TR Property Investment Trust

Report of the Directors 

continued

Management Arrangements and Fees 

Details of the management arrangements and fees are set out in the Report of the Management Engagement 
Committee beginning on page 53. Total fees paid to the Manager in any one year (Management and Performance Fees) 
may not exceed 4.99% of Group Equity Shareholders’ Funds. Total fees payable for the year to 31 March 2020 amount 
to 0.8% (2019: 0.9%) of Group Equity Shareholders’ Funds. Included in this were performance fees earned in the year 
ended 31 March 2020 of £2,683,000 (2019: £6,110,000). 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Basis of Accounting and IFRS 

The Group and Company financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020 have been prepared on a going 
concern basis in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), which comprise standards and 
interpretations approved by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), together with interpretations of the 
International Accounting Standards and Standing Interpretations Committee approved by the International Accounting 
Standards Committee (IASC) that remain in effect, to the extent that they have been adopted by the European Union and 
as regards the Group and Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006. 

The accounting policies are set out in note 1 to the Financial Statements on pages 72 to 76. 

Financial Instruments 

The Company’s Financial Instruments comprise its investment portfolio, cash balances, borrowings and debtors and 
creditors that arise directly from its operations such as sales and purchases awaiting settlement, profit or loss balances on 
derivative instruments and accrued income and expenses. The financial risk management objectives and policies arising 
from its financial instruments and exposure of the Company to risk are disclosed in note 11 to the financial statements. 

Going Concern 

The Directors’ assessment of the longer-term viability of the Company is set out on pages 32 and 33. 

In assessing Going Concern, the Board has made a detailed assessment of the ability of the Company and Group to 
meet its liabilities as they fall due, including stress and liquidity tests which considered the effects of substantial falls in 
investment valuations, substantial reductions in revenue received and reductions in market liquidity including the effects 
and potential effects of the current economic impact caused by the Coronavirus pandemic. 

In light of testing carried out, the overall levels of the investment liquidity held by the Company and the significant net 
asset portfolio position, and despite the net current liability position of the Parent Company, the Directors are satisfied 
that the Company and the Group have adequate financial resources to continue in operation for at least the next 
12 months following the signing of the financial statements and therefore it is appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting. 

Internal Controls 

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s systems of internal controls and for reviewing their effectiveness. 
The Portfolio Manager is responsible for the day to day investment management decisions on behalf of the Group. 
Accounting and company secretarial services have both been outsourced. 

The internal controls aim to ensure that the assets of the Group are safeguarded, proper accounting records are 
maintained, and the financial information used within the business and for publication is reliable. Control of the risks 
identified, covering financial, operational, compliance and risk management, is embedded in the controls of the Group by 
a series of regular investment performance and attribution statements, financial and risk analyses, AIFM and Portfolio 

                TR Property Investment Trust

39

Report of the Directors 

continued

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Manager reports and quarterly control reports. Key risks have been identified and controls put in place to mitigate them, 
including those not directly the responsibility of the AIFM or Portfolio Manager. The key risks are explained in more detail 
in the Strategic Report on pages 28 to 31. 

The effectiveness of each third party provider’s internal controls is assessed on a continuing basis by the Compliance and 
Risk departments of the AIFM and Portfolio Manager, the Administrator and the Company Secretary. Each maintains its 
own system of internal controls, and the Board and Audit Committee receive regular reports from them. The control 
systems are designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss and to 
manage, rather than eliminate, risk of failure to achieve objectives. 

As the Company has no employees and its operational functions are undertaken by third parties, the Audit Committee 
does not consider it necessary for the Company to establish its own internal audit function. Instead, the Audit Committee 
relies on internal control reports received from its principal service providers to satisfy itself as to the controls in place. 

The Board has established a process for identifying, evaluating and managing any major risks faced by the Group. 
The Board undertakes an annual review of the Group’s system of internal controls in line with the Turnbull guidance. 
Business risks have also been analysed by the Board and recorded in a risk map that is reviewed regularly. Each quarter 
the Board receives a formal report from each of the AIFM, Portfolio Manager, the Administrator and the Company 
Secretary detailing the steps taken to monitor the areas of risk, including those that are not directly their responsibility, and 
which report the details of any known internal control failures. 

The Board also considers the flow of information and the interaction between the third party service providers and the 
controls in place to ensure accuracy and completeness of the recording of assets and income. The Board receives 
a report from the Portfolio Manager setting out the key controls in operation. 

The Board also has direct access to company secretarial advice and services provided by Link Company Matters 
(previously called Capita Company Secretarial Services) which, through its nominated representative, is responsible for 
ensuring that the Board and Committee procedures are followed and that applicable regulations are complied with. 

These controls have been in place throughout the period under review and up to the date of signing the accounts. 

Key risks identified by the Auditors are considered by the Audit Committee to ensure robust internal controls and 
monitoring procedures are in place in respect of these risks on an ongoing basis. 

Annual General Meeting (the “AGM”) 

The AGM will be held on 28 July 2020 at 2.30pm. In light of the current measures in place in the UK and in order to 
protect the health and safety of the Company’s shareholders and directors, the AGM will be conducted as a closed 
meeting and will be held to complete the formal business only. The Notice of AGM is set out on pages 100 and 101. 
The full text of the resolutions and an explanation of each is contained in the Notice of AGM and explanatory notes on 
pages 104 and 105. 

Material Interests 

There were no contracts subsisting during or at the end of the year in which a director of the Company is or was 
materially interested and which is or was significant in relation to the Company’s business. No Director has a contract 
of service with the Company. Further details regarding the appointment letters can be found on page 51. 

Donations 

The Company made no political or charitable donations during the year (2019: £nil). 

40               TR Property Investment Trust

Report of the Directors 

continued

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Listing Rule Disclosure 

The Company confirms that there are no items which require disclosure under Listing Rule 9.8.4R in respect of the year 
ended 31 March 2020. 

Voting Interests 

Rights and Obligations Attaching to Shares 
Subject to applicable statutes and other shareholders’ rights, shares may be issued with such rights and restrictions as the 
Company may by ordinary resolution decide, or (if there is no such resolution or so far as it does not make specific 
provision) as the Board may decide. Subject to the Articles, the Companies Act 2006 and other shareholders’ rights, 
unissued shares are at the disposal of the Board. 

Voting 
At a general meeting of the Company, when voting is by a show of hands, each share affords its owner one vote. 

Restrictions on Voting 
No member shall be entitled to vote if he has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the Articles) after failure 
to provide the Company with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Deadlines for Voting Rights 
Votes are exercisable at the general meeting of the Company in respect of which the business being voted upon is being 
heard. Votes may be exercised in person, by proxy, or in relation to corporate members, by corporate representatives. 

The Articles provide a deadline for submission of proxy forms of not less than 48 hours (or such shorter time as the 
Board may determine) before the meeting (not excluding non-working days). 

Transfer of Shares 
Any shares in the Company may be held in uncertificated form and, subject to the Articles, title to uncertificated shares 
may be transferred by means of a relevant system. Subject to the Articles, any member may transfer all or any of his 
certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve. 

Significant Voting Rights 
At 31 March 2020, no shareholders held over 3% of voting rights on a discretionary basis. However, at 31 March 2020 
the following shareholders held over 3% of the voting rights on a non-discretionary basis: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    % of 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Ordinary share 
Shareholder                                                                                                                                                                                               voting rights* 

Brewin Dolphin Ltd                                                                                                                                  11.20% 
Individuals & Private Trusts                                                                                                                         9.54% 
Interactive Investor Share Dealing Services                                                                                                   6.13% 
Rathbone Investment Management Ltd                                                                                                       5.91% 
Hargreaves Lansdown Asset Management Ltd                                                                                               5.03% 
Quilter Cheviot Investment Management Ltd                                                                                                4.33% 
Investec Wealth & Investment Ltd                                                                                                               4.27% 
Charles Stanley Group plc                                                                                                                           3.10% 

* See above for further information on the voting rights of Ordinary shares. 

Since 31 March 2020 to the date of this report, the Company has not been informed of any notifiable changes with 
respect to the Ordinary shares.

                TR Property Investment Trust

41

 
Report of the Directors 

continued

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Corporate Governance Report 

The Board of Directors is accountable to shareholders for the governance of the Company’s affairs. 

This statement describes how the principles of the 2018 edition of UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) issued 
by the Financial Reporting Council (the “FRC”) in 2018 have been applied to the affairs of the Company. The Code can 
be viewed at www.frc.org.uk. 

Application of the AIC Code’s Principles 
In applying the principle of the Code, the Directors have also taken account of the 2019 Code of Corporate Governance 
published by the AIC (the “AIC Code”), of which the Company is a member of. The AIC Code establishes the framework 
of best practice specifically for the Boards of investment trust companies. Furthermore, the AIC Code has full 
endorsement of the FRC, which means that AIC members who report against the AIC Code, on the whole, meet their 
obligations under the Code and the related disclosure requirements contained in the Listing Rules. The AIC Code can be 
viewed at www.theaic.co.uk. 

The Directors believe that during the period under review they have complied with the main principles and relevant 
provisions of the Code, insofar as they apply to the Company’s business, and with the provisions of the AIC Code. 

Compliance Statement  
The Directors note that the Company did not comply with the following provisions of the Code in the year ended 
31 March 2020: 

Provision 9. Due to the nature and structure of the Company the Board of non-executive directors does not feel it is 
appropriate to appoint a chief executive. 

Provision 24. The Board believes that all Directors, including the Chairman, should sit on all of the Board’s Committees. 

Provision 26. As the Company has no employees and its operational functions are undertaken by third parties, the 
Audit Committee does not consider it appropriate for the Company to establish its own internal audit function. 
The Company’s service providers provide assurance of their effective internal processes and controls. 

Provision 32. The Board does not have a separate Remuneration Committee. The functions of a Remuneration 
Committee are carried out by the Management Engagement Committee. 

Composition and Independence of the Board 
The Board currently consists of six directors, all of whom are non-executive and are independent of the Manager. None of 
the Directors have any other links to the Manager. Mr Seaborn continues to qualify as independent, despite his length of 
service due to being independent of the Manager and from any other business that could materially interfere with his 
judgment. The Board believes that diversity of experience and approach, including gender diversity, amongst board 
members is of great importance and it is the Company’s policy to give careful consideration to issues of board balance 
and diversity when making new appointments. 

Powers of the Directors 
Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Companies Act 2006 and any directions given by special resolution, 
the business of the Company is managed by the Board who may exercise all the powers of the Company, whether relating to 
the management of the business of the Company or not. In particular, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company 
to borrow money and to mortgage or charge any of its undertakings, property, assets and uncalled capital and to issue 
debentures and other securities and to give security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company to any third party. 

There are no contracts or arrangements with third parties which affect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the 
Company. 

42               TR Property Investment Trust

Report of the Directors 

continued

Directors 

The Chairman is Mr Seaborn and the Senior Independent Director is Mr Watson. The Directors’ biographies, on pages 35 
and 36, demonstrate the breadth of investment, commercial and professional experience relevant to their positions as 
Directors of the Company. 

Directors’ retirement by rotation and re-election is subject to the Articles of Association. In accordance with the Code, all 
directors will be subject to annual re-election. 

Mr Gillbanks, Mr Marrison and Mr Watson will retire at the forthcoming AGM in accordance with the Code and, being 
eligible, will offer themselves for re-election. Ms Bolsover and Ms Curtis were appointed on to the Board with effect from 
October 2019 and January 2020 respectively and will offer themselves for election at the upcoming AGM. All Directors 
are regarded as being free of any conflicts of interest and no issues in respect of independence arise. The Board has 
concluded that all Directors continue to make valuable contributions and believe that they remain independent in 
character and judgement.  

Mr Seaborn, who has served on the Board since 2007, will not be seeking re-election and he will retire from the Board of 
Directors following the AGM on 28 July 2020. He will be succeeded by Mr Watson, at which time Mr Marrison will 
become Senior Independent Director. 

Directors are not compensated by the Company for loss of office in an event of a takeover bid. 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Board Committees 

The Board has established an Audit Committee, a Nomination Committee and a Management Engagement Committee, 
which also carries out the functions of a Remuneration Committee. All the Directors of the Company are non-executive 
and serve on each Committee of the Board. It has been the Company’s policy to include all Directors on all Committees. 
This encourages unity, clear communication and prevents duplication of discussion between the Board and the 
Committees. The roles and responsibilities of each Committee are set out on the individual Committee reports which 
follow. Each Committee has written terms of reference which clearly defines its responsibilities and duties. These can be 
found on the Company’s website, are available on request and will also be available for inspection at the AGM. 

Board Meetings 

The number of meetings of the Board and Committees held during the year under review, and the attendance of 
individual Directors, are shown below: 

                                                                                            Board                                 Audit                                 MEC                             Nomination 
                                                                            Attended          Eligible        Attended          Eligible        Attended          Eligible        Attended          Eligible  

Hugh Seaborn                                          6             6             2             2             1             1             2             2 
David Watson                                           6             6             2             2             1             1             2             2 
Tim Gillbanks                                           6             6             2             2             1             1             2             2 
Simon Marrison                                        6             6             2             2             1             1             2             2 
Kate Bolsover*                                          3**         4             0**         1             1             1             2             2 
Sarah-Jane Curtis***                                 1             1             0             0             1             1             1             1 

*Kate Bolsover was appointed to the Board on 1 October 2019. 

**Kate Bolsover was unable to attend a scheduled Board and Audit meeting owing to a prior commitment which could not be changed. 

***Sarah-Jane Curtis was appointed to the Board on 28 January 2020. 

In addition to formal Board and Committee meetings, the Directors also attend a number of informal meetings to 
represent the interests of the Company, and to discuss operational markets and succession planning. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

43

Report of the Directors 

continued

The Board 

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

The Board is responsible for the effective stewardship of the Company’s affairs. Certain strategic issues are monitored by 
the Board at meetings against a framework which has been agreed with the Manager. Additional meetings may be 
arranged as required. The Board has a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved for its decision, which are 
categorised under various headings, including strategy, management, structure, capital, financial reporting, internal 
controls, gearing, asset allocation, share price discount, contracts, investment policy, finance, risk, investment restrictions, 
performance, corporate governance and Board membership and appointments. 

In order to enable them to discharge their responsibilities, all Directors have full and timely access to relevant information. 
At each meeting, the Board reviews the Company’s investment performance and considers financial analyses and other 
reports of an operational nature. The Board monitors compliance with the Company’s objectives and is responsible for 
setting asset allocation and investment and gearing limits within which the Portfolio Manager has discretion to act and 
thus supervises the management of the investment portfolio, which is contractually delegated to the Portfolio Manager. 

The Board has responsibility for the approval of investments in unquoted investments and any investments in funds 
managed or advised by the Portfolio Manager. It has also adopted a procedure for Directors, in the furtherance of their 
duties, to take independent professional advice at the expense of the Company. 

Conflicts of Interest 

In line with the Companies Act 2006, the Board has the power to authorise any potential conflicts of interest that may 
arise and impose such limits or conditions as it thinks fit. A register of potential conflicts is maintained and is reviewed 
at every Board meeting to ensure all details are kept up-to-date. Appropriate authorisation will be sought prior to the 
appointment of any new Director or if any new conflicts arise. 

Relations with Shareholders 

Shareholder relations are given high priority by the Board, the AIFM and the Portfolio Manager. The prime medium by 
which the Company communicates with shareholders is through the Interim and Annual Reports which aim to provide 
shareholders with a clear understanding of the Company’s activities and their results. This information is supplemented by 
the daily calculation of the Net Asset Value of the Company’s Ordinary shares which is published on the London Stock 
Exchange. 

This information is also available on the Company’s website, www.trproperty.com together with a monthly factsheet 
and Manager commentary. 

Usually, at each AGM, a presentation is made by the Manager following the business of the meeting. Shareholders have 
the opportunity to address questions to the Chairman and the Chairman of the Audit Committee at the AGM. 

However, at the date of this report, the UK Government has prohibited large public gatherings, save in certain limited 
circumstances. In light of these measures and in order to protect the health and safety of the Company’s shareholders 
and directors, we hope that shareholders will understand that for 2020 the Company’s Annual General Meeting will be 
run as a closed meeting and will be held to complete the formal business only. Shareholders will not be able to attend in 
person. Full details are provided at the end of this Annual Report in the Notice of Meeting.  

The Board and the Manager are keen to encourage shareholder engagement. Due to the different arrangements for the 
Company’s 2020 Annual General Meeting, the Investment Manager will post a webcast in the format of the usual 
presentation held at the AGM on the website www.trproperty.com on Wednesday, 1 July 2020. If shareholders would like 

44               TR Property Investment Trust

Report of the Directors 

continued

to ask questions for the Manager to respond to in the webcast then they should write to the Company Secretary or 
submit their questions by e-mail to Enquiries@trproperty.co.uk to arrive no later than noon on 30 June.  

It is the intention of the Board that the Annual Report and Accounts and Notice of the AGM be issued to shareholders so 
as to provide at least twenty working days’ notice of the AGM. Shareholders wishing to lodge questions in advance of the 
AGM, or to contact the Board at any other time, are invited to do so by writing to the Company Secretary at the registered 
address given on page 106. 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

General presentations are given to both shareholders and analysts following the publication of the annual results. 
All meetings between the Manager and shareholders are reported to the Board. 

s.172 Companies Act 2006 

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires directors to act in good faith and in a way that is the most likely to 
promote the success of the Company. In accordance with the requirements of the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) 
Regulations 2018, below, the Company explains how the Directors have discharged their duty under section 172 during 
the reporting period. Fulfilling this duty naturally supports the Company in achieving its Investment Objective and helps to 
ensure that all decisions are made in a responsible and sustainable way. 

Upon appointment, Directors’ are provided with a detailed induction outlining their duties, legally and regulatory, as a 
Director of a UK public limited company and continue to regularly receive relevant technical updates and training. Under 
their letter of appointment, the Directors also have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and 
when deemed necessary, the Directors have the opportunity to seek independent professional advice in the furtherance 
of their duties as a director, at the Company's expense. The Company has a schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board 
which clearly describes the Board’s duties and responsibilities. In addition, there are also the Terms of References of the 
Board’s Committees which outline the responsibilities that are delegated from the Board. The Terms of References are 
reviewed at least annually to consider any regulatory and best practice developments. 

Decision Making 

The importance of stakeholder considerations, in particular in the context of decision-making, is regularly brought to the 
Board’s attention by the Company Secretary and taken into account at every Board meeting, and a paper reminding 
Directors of that is tabled at the start of every Board meeting. The Board considers the impact that any material decision 
will have on all relevant stakeholders to ensure that it is making a decision that promotes the long-term success of the 
Company, whether this be, for example, in relation to dividends, new investment opportunities or the Company’s forward 
strategy, In addition, the Board, along with the Manager, hold a meeting focused on strategy on an annual basis to look 
ahead in the market and anticipate potential scenarios and how this may impact the Company’s stakeholders.  

Stakeholders  

The Board recognises the needs and importance of the Company’s stakeholders and ensures that they are considered 
during all its discussions and as part of its decision-making. Since the Company is an investment trust that is externally 
managed, the Company does not have any employees (the Directors have a Letter of Appointment and are not 
employees of the Company), nor does it have a direct impact on the community or environment in the conventional 
sense. The Board recognises its key stakeholders and explains below why these stakeholders are considered important to 
the Company and the actions taken to ensure that their interests are taken into account. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

45

Report of the Directors 

continued

Stakeholders            Why they are important           Board engagement 

Shareholders

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Shareholder support is 
essential to the existence of 
the Company and delivery of 
long term strategy of the 
business. 

The Company has over 3,378 Shareholders, including 
institutional and retail investors. The Board is committed to 
maintaining open channels of communication and to engage 
with Shareholders in a manner they find most meaningful in 
order to gain an understanding of their views. These include 
the channels below: 

l   Annual General Meeting – the Company welcomes and 

encourages attendance and participation from 
Shareholders at its AGM. Shareholders have the 
opportunity to meet the Directors and Manager and to 
address questions to them directly. The Manager attends 
the AGM and provides a presentation on the Company’s 
performance and the future outlook. The Company 
values any feedback and questions it may receive from 
Shareholders ahead of and during the AGM and takes 
action or makes changes, when and as appropriate. 

l   Publications – The annual and half year reports are made 
available on the website and sent to shareholders. These 
publications provide information on the Company and its 
portfolio of investments and a better understanding of 
the Trust’s financial position. This is supplemented by 
daily publication of the NAV on the Stock Exchange and 
monthly factsheets on the Company’s website. The 
Company is open to feedback from shareholders to 
improve its publications. 

l   Shareholder meetings – The Manager meets with 

shareholders periodically and often and feedback is 
shared with the Board.  

l   Working with the Brokers – The Manager and Brokers 
work together to maintain dialogue with shareholders 
and prospective investors at scheduled meetings. The 
Board is provided with regular updates at meetings and 
outside meetings if required. 

l   Shareholder concerns - in the event that Shareholders 

wish to raise issues or concerns with the Board, they are 
welcome to do so at any time by writing to the Chairman 
at the registered office. The Senior Independent Director 
is also available to Shareholders if they have concerns 
that contact through the normal channel of the Chairman 
has failed to resolve or for which such contact is 
inappropriate.

46               TR Property Investment Trust

 
   
    
 
Report of the Directors 

continued

Stakeholders            Why they are important           Board engagement 

The Manager

Holding the Company’s shares 
offers investors a liquid 
investment vehicle through 
which they can obtain 
exposure to the Company’s 
diversified portfolio. The 
Investment Manager’s 
performance is critical for the 
Company to successfully 
deliver its investment strategy 
and meet its objective.

Maintaining a close and constructive working relationship 
with the Manager is crucial, as the Board and the Manager 
both aim to continue to achieve consistent, long-term returns 
in line with the Company's investment objective. Important 
components in the collaboration with the Manager, 
representative of the Company’s culture include those listed 
below. 

l   Encouraging open, honest and collaborative discussions 
at all levels, allowing time and space for original and 
innovative thinking. 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

l   Ensuring that the impact on the Manager is fully 

considered and understood before any business decision 
is made. 

l   Ensuring that any potential conflicts of interest are 

avoided or managed effectively. 

The Board holds detailed discussions with the Manager on all 
key strategic and operational topics on an ongoing basis. In 
addition, the Chairman regularly meets with the Manager to 
ensure a close dialogue is maintained.

The Board maintains regular contact with its key external 
providers and receives regular reporting from them through 
the Board and committee meetings, as well as outside of the 
regular meeting cycle. Their advice, as well as their needs 
and views are routinely taken into account. The Management 
Engagement Committee formally assesses their performance, 
fees and continuing appointment at least annually to ensure 
that the key service providers continue to function at an 
acceptable level and are appropriately remunerated to deliver 
the expected level of service. The Audit Committee reviews 
and evaluates the control environments in place at each 
service provider as appropriate.

The Board needs to demonstrate to lenders that it is a 
well-managed business, capable of consistently delivering 
long-term returns.

The Board regularly considers how it meets various regulatory 
and statutory obligations and follows voluntary and best-
practice guidance, including how any governance decisions it 
makes can have an impact on its stakeholders, both in the 
shorter and in the longer-term.

                TR Property Investment Trust

47

External Service 
Providers, 
particularly the 
Company Secretary, 
the Administrator, 
the Registrar and 
the Depository and 
the Broker

A range of advisers enables 
the Company to function as an 
investment trust and a 
constituent of the FTSE 250 to 
ensure it meets its relevant 
obligations.

Lenders

Regulators

Availability of funding and 
liquidity are crucial to the 
Company’s ability to take 
advantage of investment 
opportunities as they arise.

The Company can only 
operate with the approval of its 
regulators who have a 
legitimate interest in how the 
Company operates in the 
market and treats its 
shareholders.

 
   
    
 
 
   
    
 
 
   
    
 
 
   
    
 
Report of the Directors 

continued

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Culture and Business Conduct 

The Board is in agreement that having a good corporate culture, particularly in its engagement with the Manager, 
shareholders and other key stakeholders will aid delivery of its long term strategy. The Board promotes a culture of 
openness, in line with this purpose through ongoing engagement with its service providers and the Manager. 

The Directors agree that establishing and maintaining a healthy corporate culture within the Board and in its interaction 
with the Manager, Shareholders and other stakeholders will support the delivery of its purpose, values and strategy. The 
Board seeks to promote a culture of openness, debate and integrity through ongoing dialogue and engagement with its 
service providers, principally the Manager. The Board strives to ensure that its culture is in line with the Company’s 
purpose, values and strategy.  

The Company has a number of policies and procedures in place to assist with maintaining a culture of good governance 
including those relating to diversity, Directors’ conflicts of interest and Directors’ dealings in the Company’s shares. The 
Board assesses and monitors compliance with these policies as well as the general culture of the Board regularly through 
Board meetings and in particular during the annual evaluation process which is undertaken by each Director (for more 
information see the performance evaluation section on page 50. 

The Board seeks to appoint the best possible service providers and evaluates their service on a regular basis as described 
on page 52. The Board considers the culture of the Manager and other service providers, including their policies, practices 
and behaviour, through regular reporting from these stakeholders and in particular during the annual review of the 
performance and continuing appointment of all service providers. 

Employee, Social Impact And Wider Community  

The Board recognises the requirement under the Companies Act 2006 to detail information about human rights, 
employees and community issues, including information about any policies it has in relation to these matters and the 
effectiveness of these policies. These requirements, practically, are not applicable to the Company as it has no 
employees, all the Directors are non-executive and it has outsourced all operational functions to third-party service 
providers. Therefore, the Company has not reported further in respect of these provisions. 

Directors’ Indemnity 

Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover is in place in respect of the Directors. The Company’s Articles of 
Association provide, subject to the provisions of UK legislation, an indemnity for Directors in respect of costs which they 
may incur relating to the defence of any proceedings brought against them arising out of their positions as Directors, in 
which they are acquitted or judgement is given in their favour by the court. 

To the extent permitted by law and by the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company has entered into deeds of 
indemnity for the benefit of each Director of the Company in respect of liabilities which may attach to them in their 
capacity as Directors of the Company. These provisions, which are qualifying third party indemnity provisions as defined 
by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006, were introduced in January 2007 and currently remain in force. 

48               TR Property Investment Trust

Report of the Directors 

continued

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to auditors 

The Directors who were members of the Board at the time of approving the Directors’ report are listed on pages 35 
and 36. Having made enquiries of fellow directors and of the Company’s auditors, each of these Directors confirms that: 

l to the best of each Director’s knowledge and belief, there is no information (that is, information needed by the 

Company’s auditors in connection with preparing their report) of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and 

l each Director has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant 

audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information. 

This information is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies 
Act 2006. 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

By order of the Board 

Hugh Seaborn 
Chairman 
5 June 2020

                TR Property Investment Trust

49

 
 
Report of the Nomination Committee

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Nomination Committee 

Chairman: Mr Seaborn 

Key Responsibilities 

l Review the Board and its Committees and make recommendations in relation to structure, size and composition, the 

balance of knowledge, experience and skill ranges; 

l Consider succession planning and tenure policy and oversee the development of a diverse pipeline;  

l Consider the re-election of Directors; and 

l Review the outcome of the board evaluation process. 

The Nomination Committee meets at least on an annual basis, and more frequently as and when required and last met 
in March 2020. 

Activity during the year 

The Committee discussed succession planning of the Board, in particular the roles of the Chairman and SID to ensure 
appropriate plans were in place.  

In January 2020, Mr Seaborn announced his intention to retire from the Board as a Non-executive Director and Chair, 
with effect from the conclusion of the 2020 AGM. After careful consideration between Directors in the form of a 
committee of the Board and by reviewing the responsibilities of the Chairman, it was agreed that Mr Watson would 
succeed Mr Seaborn as Chairman. Mr Watson has been a director of the Board since July 2012 and have served as the 
Audit Committee Chair and Senior Independent Director since his appointment. Mr Watson’s relevant skills and 
experience in the investment sector, as well has his tenure within the Company building corporate knowledge were 
considered to make him the most suitable candidate. Further to the discussions, it was agreed that Mr Marrison will 
succeed Mr Watson as the Senior Independent Director at the same time.  

During the year, a key issue that the Committee considered was the appointment of a new Non-Executive Director, 
following the resignation of Suzie Procter in March 2019 and Mr Seaborn’s intention to step down following the 2020 
AGM. The Committee engaged Spencer Stuart, an independent recruitment agency, who did not have any connections 
with the Directors, in the extensive search for a new Non-Executive Director. A range of candidates from various 
backgrounds and industries were considered and a short list was compiled. Those on the shortlist were then formally 
interviewed by the Chairman and the Senior Independent Director, where they considered the balance of skills, knowledge 
and experience, including gender diversity, on the Board. The preferred candidates then met with the other Directors. 
Following this process the Committee concluded that Kate Bolsover was the best candidate for the role, due to her robust 
knowledge of fund management and her senior executive experience and Ms Bolsover joined the Board on 1 October 
2019. In addition, the Committee followed a similar process to search for a further non-executive Director and, in January 
2020, concluded that Sarah-Jane Curtis was the best candidate with her wealth of experience in the London property 
sector, specifically in retail, which was a key skill that the Committee considered would add value to the Board. On the 
recommendation of the Committee, the Board agreed both appointments. 

The Committee annually reviews the size and structure of the Board and will continue to review succession planning and 
further recruitment and take into account the recommendations of external Board evaluations. 

Board Evaluation 

During the year the Board engaged Tim Stephenson of Stephenson & Co, an independent company which specialises in 
investment trust board evaluations, to facilitate an independent evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board, its 
committees and the performance of each director. In addition to the Directors, the most senior members of the 
Investment Management teams were interviewed. The report was presented and discussed by the Committee.  

50               TR Property Investment Trust

Report of the Nomination Committee 

continued

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

The evaluation was provided by Tim Stephenson to the Chairman to discuss with the Board. The evaluation was 
considered by the Committee to be constructive in terms of identifying areas for improving the functioning and 
performance of the Board and the Committees, the contribution of individual directors, as well as building on and 
developing individual and collective strengths. 

The Chairman confirms that, in light of the external performance evaluation, the performance of each director continues 
to be effective and demonstrates their commitment to their role. This includes extensive time for ad hoc communications 
throughout the year in addition to formal board and committee meetings. The directors’ fulfilment of their s.172 duty is 
outlined in pages 45 to 47.  

The Board believes it has a good balance of skills, experience and length of service to ensure it operates effectively. After 
careful consideration, particularly of the Board’s Policy Governing Board Members’ Tenure and Reappointment, all of the 
directors, with the exception of Mr Seaborn, are offering themselves for re-election at the Company’s forthcoming AGM. 
Since this will be Ms Bolsover’s and Ms Curtis’ first AGM since their appointment, they will be offering themselves for 
election. It is considered that each of them merit election and re-election by shareholders. Further information on each 
directors’ skills and their contribution to the Board are outlined in the directors’ biographies on pages 35 and 36.  

In accordance with the provisions of the Code, it is the intention of the Board to engage an external facilitator to assist 
with the performance evaluation every three years and the next external evaluation will be carried out for the year ended 
31 March 2023. The Board will continue to complete an internal board evaluation annually within the intermittent years. 

In accordance with the AIC Code Provision 9, the Directors are reminded at every meeting that additional external 
appointments require approval of the Board. During the year, no external appointment was proposed and approved. 

Board’s Policy on Tenure 

In line with the update of the Code in 2018, the AIC has updated its Code of Corporate Governance in 2019. The AIC 
recommended, under Provision 24, a different approach to tenure in relation to investment companies, considering how 
they differ to chairs of operating companies, where the Board does not have a chief executive. The Board took into 
consideration the approach and introduced the ‘Policy Governing Board Members’ Tenure and Reappointment’. This policy 
outlines the Company’s approach to tenure and reappointment of non-executive directors. It highlights the Board’s belief 
that the value brought through continuity and experience of Directors with longer periods of service is not only desirable, 
but essential in an investment company. The Board did not feel that it would be appropriate to set a specific tenure limit 
for individual Directors or the Chairman of the Board or its committees. Instead, the Board will seek to recruit a new 
Director on average every 3-4 years so as regularly to bring the challenge of fresh thinking into the Board’s discussions, 
ensuring that on each occasion that the Board enters into new investment commitments, at least half the Board members 
have direct personal experience of negotiating previous commitments with the Manager. 

Directors’ Training 

When a new Director is appointed, he/she is offered training to suit their needs. Directors are also provided with key 
information on the Company’s activities on a regular basis, including regulatory and statutory requirements and internal 
controls. Changes affecting Directors’ responsibilities are advised to the Board as they arise. Directors ensure that they are 
updated on regulatory, statutory and industry matters. 

Letters of Appointment 

No Director has a contract of employment with the Company. Directors’ terms and conditions for appointment are set out 
in letters of appointment which are available for inspection at the registered office of the Company and will be on display 
at the AGM. 

Hugh Seaborn 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee  
5 June 2020 

                TR Property Investment Trust

51

 
Report of the Management Engagement Committee

Management Engagement Committee 

Chairman: Mr Seaborn 

Key Responsibilities 

l Monitor and review the performance of the AIFM and Portfolio Manager; 

l Review the terms of the Investment Manager Agreement; 

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

l Annually review the contract of terms and agreements of each external third party service provider; and 

l Review, on an annual basis, the remuneration of the Directors. 

In addition to the Investment Management role, the Board has delegated to external third parties the depositary and 
custodial services (which include the safeguarding of assets), the day to day accounting, company secretarial services, 
administration and registration services. Each of these contracts was entered into after full and proper consideration of the 
quality of the services offered, including the control systems in operation insofar as they relate to the affairs of the 
Company. 

The Management Engagement Committee (the “MEC”) determines and approves Directors’ fees following proper 
consideration, having regard to the level of fees payable to non-executive Directors in the industry generally, the role that 
individual directors fulfil in respect of Board and Committee responsibilities and the time committed to the Company’s 
affairs. For further details please see the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 55 to 57.  

The MEC meets at least on an annual basis, towards the end of the financial year and last met in March 2020. 

Activity during the year 

At the MEC meeting in March 2020, the Committee reviewed the overall performance of the AIFM and Portfolio Manager 
and considered both the appropriateness of the Manager’s appointment and the contractual arrangements (including the 
structure and level of remuneration) with the Manager. As noted in earlier in the report, Mr Seaborn will be resigning from 
the Board of the Trust at the conclusion of the 2020 AGM, where Mr Watson will succeed Chairmanship. Subsequently, 
Mr Watson will also succeed Chairmanship of the MEC. 

In addition to the reviews by the MEC, the Board reviewed and considered performance reports from the Portfolio 
Manager at each Board meeting. The Board also received regular reports from the Administrator and Company Secretary. 

The Board believe that the Manager’s track record and performance remains outstanding. As a result, the MEC confirmed 
that the AIFM and Portfolio Manager should be retained for the financial year ending 31 March 2021 being in the best 
interests for all shareholders. A summary of the significant terms of the Investment Management Agreement and the third 
party service providers who support the Trust are set out below. 

During the year the MEC also reviewed the performance of all their third party service providers including BNP Paribas, 
Link Company Matters, Computershare, both the Company’s brokers and PwC (as tax advisors). The Portfolio Manager 
provides regular updates on the performance of all third party providers during the year and attended this part of the 
MEC Meeting. The MEC confirmed that they were satisfied with the level of services delivered by each third party 
provider. 

52               TR Property Investment Trust

Report of the Management Engagement Committee 

continued

Management Arrangements and Fees 

On 11 July 2014, the Board appointed BMO Investment Business Limited as the Alternative Investment Fund Manager 
(in accordance with the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive) with portfolio management delegated to the 
Investment Manager, Thames River Capital LLP. 

The significant terms of the Investment Management Agreement with the Manager are as follows: 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Notice Period 

The Investment Management Agreement (“IMA”) provides for termination of the agreement by either party without 
compensation on the provision of not less than 12 months’ written notice. 

Management Fees 

The fee for the period under review was a fixed fee of £3,565,000 plus an ad valorem fee of 0.20% pa based on the net 
asset value (determined in accordance with the AIC method of valuation) on the last day of March, June, September and 
December, payable quarterly in advance. 

The fee arrangements have been reviewed by the Board for the year to 31 March 2021 and the fixed element of the fee 
will increase to £3,745,000 with the ad valorem element unchanged. 

The Board continues to consider that the fee structure aligns the interests of the shareholder and the Manager as well as 
being highly competitive. 

The fee arrangements will continue to be reviewed on an annual basis. 

Performance Fees 

In addition to the management fees, the Board has agreed to pay the Manager performance related fees in respect of an 
accounting period if certain performance objectives are achieved. 

A performance fee is payable if the total return of adjusted net assets (after deduction of all Base Management Fees and 
other expenses), as defined in the IMA, at 31 March each year outperforms the total return of the Company’s benchmark 
plus 1% (the “hurdle rate”); this outperformance (expressed as a percentage) is known as the “percentage 
outperformance”. Any fee payable will be the amount equivalent to the adjusted net assets at 31 March each year 
multiplied by the percentage outperformance, then multiplied by 15%. The maximum performance fee payable for 
a period is capped at 1.5% of the adjusted net assets. However, if the adjusted net assets at the end of any period are 
less than at the beginning of the period, the maximum performance fee payable will be limited to 1% of the adjusted net 
assets. 

If the total return of shareholders’ funds for any performance period is less than the benchmark for the relevant 
performance period, such underperformance (expressed as a percentage) will be carried forward to future performance 
periods. 

If any fee exceeds the cap, such excess performance (expressed as a percentage) will be carried forward and applied to 
offset any percentage underperformance in future performance periods. In the event that the benchmark is exceeded but 
the hurdle is not, that outperformance of the benchmark can be used to offset past or future underperformance. These 
amounts can be used for offset purposes only and therefore cannot have the effect of creating a fee in a year where 
a fee would not otherwise be payable or increasing the fee in that year. At 31 March 2020 there is a carry forward of 
outperformance of 1.8% (2019: 1.8%). 

                TR Property Investment Trust

53

Report of the Management Engagement Committee 

continued

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

No fee will be payable unless the adjusted net assets outperform the hurdle rate, after taking into account any 
accumulated percentage underperformance brought forward at the beginning of the financial year. Performance fees 
earned in the year ended 31 March 2020 were £2,683,000 (2019: £6,110,000). Total fees paid to the Manager in any 
one year (Management and Performance Fees) may not exceed 4.99% of Group Equity Shareholders’ Funds. Total fees 
payable for the year to 31 March 2020 amount to 0.8% (2019: 0.9%) of Group Equity Shareholders’ Funds. 

Depositary Arrangements and Fees 

BNP Paribas was appointed as Depositary on 14 July 2014 in accordance with the Alternative Investment Fund Managers 
Directive. The Depositary’s responsibilities include: cash monitoring; segregation and safe keeping of the Company’s 
financial instruments; and monitoring the Company’s compliance with investment and leverage requirements. The 
Depositary receives for its services a fee of 2.0 basis points per annum on the first £150m of the Company’s assets, 
1.4 basis points per annum on assets above £150m and below £500m and 0.75 basis points on assets above £500m. 

Review of Third Party Providers’ Fees 

Custody and Administration Services are provided by BNP Paribas and Company Secretarial Services by Link Company 
Matters. The fees for these services are charged directly to the Company and are contained within other administrative 
expenses disclosed in notes to the accounts. 

Hugh Seaborn 
Chairman of the Management Engagement Committee  
5 June 2020

54               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Introduction 

The Board has prepared this report and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, in accordance with the requirements of 
Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2013. An 
ordinary resolution for the approval of this report will be put to the members at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

The law requires the Company’s Auditors, KPMG LLP, to audit certain of the disclosures provided. Where disclosures have 
been audited, they are indicated as such. The Auditor’s opinion is included in the ‘Independent Auditor’s Report’. 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Annual Statement from the Chairman of the Committee 

The MEC met in March 2020 and considered the results and feedback from the externally facilitated board evaluation 
alongside other factors. The MEC considered the frequency of remuneration increases for the Trust, the external board 
evaluation, feedback from the market and investors on the level of frequency and the current impact of the outbreak of 
coronavirus (COVID-19). Following the MEC meeting in March 2020, it was agreed that the current level of remuneration 
for the Board of the Trust remained appropriate. It was also agreed that the Non-executive Director’s fee would remain at 
£35,000 per annum with effect from 1 April 2020. It was further agreed that the Directors holding the role of the Audit 
Committee Chairman and Senior Independent Director would continue to receive an additional £5,000 to reflect the 
increase in their responsibilities. Moreover, it was agreed that the Chairman's remuneration would remain at £70,000. 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 

The Company’s policy is that the fees payable to the Directors should reflect the time spent by the Board on the 
Company’s affairs and the responsibilities borne by the Directors and should be sufficient to enable candidates of high 
calibre to be recruited. The policy is for the Chairman of the Board, the chairman of the Audit Committee and the Senior 
Independent Director to be paid higher fees than the other Directors in recognition of their more onerous roles. This policy 
was approved by the members at the 2017 AGM, and the Directors’ intention is that this will continue for the year ending 
31 March 2021. In accordance with the regulations, an ordinary resolution to approve the Directors’ remuneration policy 
will be put to Shareholders at the upcoming AGM on 28 July 2020, as required every three years. 

The Directors are remunerated in the form of fees, payable monthly in arrears, to the Director personally or to a 
third party specified by that Director. There are no long-term incentive schemes, share option schemes or pension 
arrangements and the fees are not specifically related to the Directors’ performance, either individually or collectively. 

The Board consists entirely of Non-executive Directors, who are appointed with the expectation that they will serve for 
a period of three years. Directors’ appointments are reviewed formally every three years thereafter by the Board as 
a whole. None of the Directors have a contract of service and a Director may resign by notice in writing to the Board at 
any time; there are no notice periods. The terms of their appointment are detailed in a letter to them when they join 
the Board. As the Directors do not have service contracts, the Company does not have a policy on termination payments. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

55

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

continued 

There is no notice period and no payments for loss of office were made during the period. The Company’s Articles of 
Association currently limit the total aggregate fees payable to the Board to £300,000 per annum. 

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Shareholders’ views in respect of Directors’ remuneration are communicated at the Company’s AGM and are taken into 
account in formulating the Directors remuneration policy. At the last AGM, over 98.9% of shareholders voted for the 
resolution approving the Directors’ Remuneration Report (1% against). At the 2017 AGM, over 98% voted for the 
resolution approving the Directors' Remuneration Policy (1.4% against), showing significant shareholder support.  

The components of the remuneration package for Non-executive Directors, which are comprised in the Directors’ 
remuneration policy of the Company are set out below, with a description and approach to determination. 

Remuneration Type 
– Fixed Fees 

Remuneration Type 
– Additional Fees 

Remuneration Type 
– Expenses Fees 

Remuneration Type 
– Other 

Additional fees may be paid 
to any Director who fulfils 
the role of the Chairman, 
who chairs any committee 
of the Board or who is 
appointed as the Senior 
Independent Director. 
These fees will be set at a 
competitive level to reflect 
experience and time 
commitment.

The Directors are entitled to 
be paid all reasonable 
expenses properly incurred 
by them attending 
meetings with shareholders 
or other Directors or 
otherwise in connection 
with the discharge of their 
duties as Directors.

Board members are not 
eligible for bonuses, 
pension benefits, share 
options, long-term incentive 
schemed or other non-cash 
benefits or taxable 
expenses.

The aggregate limit for the 
fees for the Board as a 
whole is £300,000 per 
annum, in accordance to 
the Articles of Association, 
which is divided between 
the Directors as they may 
deem appropriate. 

Annual fees are set to 
reflect the experience of 
each board member and 
time commitment required 
by Board members to carry 
out their duties and is 
determined with reference 
to the appointment of 
Directors of similar 
investment companies.

56               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 

continued 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Annual Remuneration Report 

For the year ended 31 March 2020, Directors’ fees were paid at the annual rates of Chairman: £70,000 (2019: 
£70,000) and all other directors: £35,000 (2019: £34,000). An additional £5,000 is paid per annum for each of the 
roles of Audit Committee Chairman and Senior Independent Director. The actual amounts paid to the Directors during 
the financial year under review are as shown below. 

Amount of each Director’s emoluments (audited) 
The fees payable in respect of each of the Directors who served during the financial year were as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                              31 March 2020             31 March 2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                    £                                 £ 

Hugh Seaborn                                                                                                               70,000               70,000 
Simon Marrison                                                                                                             35,000               34,000 
David Watson                                                                                                               40,000               41,500 
Tim Gillbanks                                                                                                                40,000               36,500 
Kate Bolsover (joined 1 October 2019)                                                                            17,500                       — 
Sarah-Jane Curtis (joined 28 January 2020)                                                                       6,372                       — 
Suzie Proctor (retired 28 February 2019)                                                                                  —               31,167 

Total                                                                                                                         208,872             213,167

Company Performance 

The graph below compares, for the ten years ended 31 March 2020, the percentage change over each period in the 
share price total return to shareholders compared to the share price total return of benchmark, which the Board considers 
to be the most appropriate benchmark for investment performance measurement purposes. An explanation of the 
performance of the Company is given in the Chairman’s Statement and Manager’s Report.

Directors’ Interests in Shares (audited) 

The interests of the Directors in the shares of the 
Company, at the beginning and at the end of the year, or 
date of appointment, if later, were as follows: 

                                                                      31 March              31 March 
                                                                              2020                   2019 
                                                                        Ordinary               Ordinary 
                                                                      shares of               shares of 
                                                                              25p                     25p 

S Marrison                                    42,326          26,547 
H Seaborn                                    66,168         34,668 
D Watson                                    35,692         10,370 
T Gillbanks                                           0                 0 
Kate Bolsover                                  2,360              N/A 
Sarah-Jane Curtis                                   0              N/A 

Since 31 March 2020 to the date of this report, there 
have been no subsequent changes to the Directors’ 
interests in the shares of the Company. 

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay 
                                                                                                  Percentage 
                                                  2020                   2019               increase/ 
                                                £’000                   £’000            (decrease) 

Dividends paid          43,794         39,510          10.8% 
Directors’ fees               209              213          –1.9% 

Performance Graph – Share Price Total Return  
for Ordinary Share Class

4,500

4,000

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

Mar
2010

Mar
2011

Mar
2012

Mar
2013

Mar
2014

Mar
2015

Mar
2016

Mar
2017

Mar
2018

Mar
2019

Mar
2020

Share Price Total Return assuming investment of £1,000 on 
31 March 2010 and reinvestment of all dividends (excluding
dealing expenses). (Source: Thames River Capital)

Benchmark Total Return assuming notional investment into the
index of £1,000 on 31 March 2010. (Source: Thames River Capital)

For and on behalf of the Board 

Hugh Seaborn 
Chairman of the Management Engagement Committee 
5 June 2020 

                TR Property Investment Trust

57

 
Report of the Audit Committee

Audit Committee 

Chairman: Mr Gillbanks 

Key Responsibilities 

l Review the internal financial and non-financial controls; 

l Review reports from key third party service providers; 

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

l Consider and recommend to the Board for approval the contents of the draft Interim and Annual Reports; 

l Review accounting policies and significant financial reporting judgements; 

l Monitor, together with the Manager, the Company’s compliance with financial reporting and regulatory requirements; 

l The review and subsequent proposal to the Board of the interim and final dividends; and 

l Considering the impact of providing non-audit services on the external Auditor’s independence and objectivity. 

Representatives of the Manager’s internal audit and compliance departments may attend these committee meetings at 
the Committee Chairman’s request. 

Representatives of the Company’s Auditor attend the Committee meetings at which the draft Interim and Annual Report 
and Accounts are reviewed, and are given the opportunity to speak to the Committee members without the presence of 
the representatives of the Manager. 

The Board recognises the requirement for the Audit Committee as a whole to have competence relevant to the sector 
and at least one member with recent and relevant financial experience. The Chairman and Mr Watson are Chartered 
Accountants with extensive and recent experience in the Financial Services Industry. The other members of the 
Committee have a combination of property, financial, investment and business experience through senior positions held 
throughout their careers. 

Activity during the year 

During the year the Committee met twice with all members at each meeting and considered the following: 

l Consideration of the Risk Map, any changes to the likelihood or impact of risks and consequential changes required to 
Board Monitoring and mitigation procedures. Consideration of any new or emerging risks and inclusion in the Risk 
Map if appropriate. This has included consideration of the COVID-19 pandemic and impact across a range of risk 
categories; 

l The Group’s Internal Controls and consideration of the Reports thereon; 

l The ISAE/AAF and SSAE16 reports or their equivalent from BMO and BNP Paribas; 

l Whether the Company should have its own internal audit function; 

l The External Auditor’s Planning Memorandum setting out the scope of the annual audit and proposed key areas of 

focus; 

l The reports from the Auditors concerning their audit of the Financial Statements of the Company and Consideration of 

Significant issues in relation to the Financial Statements; 

l The appropriateness of, and any changes to, the accounting policies of the Company, including the reasonableness of 

any judgements required by such policies; 

58               TR Property Investment Trust

Report of the Audit Committee 

continued

l The Viability Statement and consideration of the preparation of the Financial Statements on a Going Concern Basis 

taking account of forward looking income forecasts, the liquidity of the investment portfolio and debt profile; 

l The financial and other disclosures in the Financial Statements; 

l The information presented in the Interim and Annual Reports to assess whether, taken as a whole, the Reports are 

fair, balanced and understandable and the information presented will enable the shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy; 

l The performance of the external auditors, to approve their audit fees and consider the assessment of independence; 

l The review and subsequent proposal to the Board of the interim and final dividends; and 

l The reviewal of the Committee’s Terms of Reference, ensuring they remain appropriate and compliant with the 2018 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

UK Corporate Governance Code. 

Internal controls and management of risk 

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system of Internal Controls and for reviewing their effectiveness. Key risks 
identified by the Auditors are considered by the Audit Committee to ensure that robust internal controls and monitoring 
procedures in respect of these are in place on an ongoing basis. Further details can be found on pages 28 to 31. 

The Audit Committee received and considered reports on Internal Controls from the key service providers. No areas of 
concern were highlighted. 

The Company’s Risk Map was considered to identify any new risks and whether any adjustments were required to 
existing risks, and the controls and mitigation measures in place in respect of these risks. The impact of COVID-19, the 
response of financial markets, the ongoing impact on economies around the world and operational changes made by our 
service providers in response to government guidelines were considered and the risk map adjusted accordingly. 

Based on the processes and controls in place within the BMO Group and other significant service providers, the Board 
has concurred that there is no current need for the Company to have a dedicated internal audit function. 

Significant Issues in relation to the Financial Statements 

The Committee has considered this report and financial statements and the Viability Statement on pages 32 and 33. The 
Committee considered the Auditor’s assessment of risk of material misstatement and reviewed the internal controls in 
place in respect of the key areas identified and the process by which the Board monitors each of the procedures to give 
the Committee comfort on these risks on an ongoing basis. These risks are also highlighted in the Company’s Risk Map. 

l Carrying amount of listed investments (Group and Parent Company) – The Group’s investments are priced 
for the daily NAV by BNP Paribas. The quoted assets are priced by the Administrator’s Global Pricing Platform which 
uses independent external pricing sources. The control process surrounding this is set out in the BNP Paribas AAF 
01/06 Internal Controls Report and testing by the reporting accountant for the period reported to 31 December 2019 
did not reveal any significant exceptions. The quarterly control report to the Board from BNP Paribas covering the 
period up to 31 March 2020 had no significant issues to report. In addition the Manager estimates the NAV using an 
alternative pricing source on a daily basis as an independent check. 

l Valuation of Direct Property Investments (Group and Parent Company) – The physical property portfolio is 

valued every six months by professional independent valuers. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

59

Report of the Audit Committee 

continued

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Knight Frank LLP value the portfolio on the basis of Fair Value in accordance with the RICS Valuation – Professional 
Standards VPS4 (1.5) Fair Value and VPGA 1 Valuations for Inclusion in Financial Statements, which apply the 
definition of Fair Value adopted by the International Financial Reporting Standards. IFRS 13 defines Fair Value as: 

“The amount for which an asset could be exchanged, a liability settled, or an equity instrument granted could be 
exchanged, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction”. 

In undertaking their valuation of each property, Knight Frank make their assessment on the basis of a collation and 
analysis of appropriate comparable investments, rental and sale transactions, together with evidence of demand 
within the vicinity of each property. This information is then applied to the properties, taking into account size, 
location, terms, covenant and other material factors. However, the external valuation of our portfolio at 31 March 
2020 contains a material uncertainty clause from Knight Frank, which is in line with the RICS guidance to valuers and 
reflects the increased difficulty in determining asset values when few, if any, comparable transactions have occurred in 
the current environment. 

The market uncertainty clause in the valuation is as follows: 

“The outbreak of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19), declared by the World Health Organisation as a “Global 
Pandemic” on the 11 March 2020, has impacted global financial markets. Travel restrictions have been implemented 
by many countries. In the UK, market activity is being impacted in all sectors. As at the valuation date, we consider 
that we can attach less weight to previous market evidence for comparison purposes, to inform opinions of value. 
Indeed, the current response to COVID-19 means that we are faced with an unprecedented set of circumstances on 
which to base a judgement. Our valuation is therefore reported on the basis of ‘material valuation uncertainty’ per 
VPGA 10 of the RICS Valuation – Global Standards. Consequently, less certainty – and a higher degree of caution – 
should be attached to our valuation than would normally be the case. Given the unknown future impact that 
COVID-19 might have on the real estate market, we recommend that you keep the valuation of these properties 
under frequent review.” 

Consequently, the Auditors have included an Emphasis of Matter clause in their Audit report drawing attention to this 
fact. 

The board has reviewed reports from the Manager and the external valuer and determined the valuation to be 
reasonable. 

The Auditors have set out their methodology and testing in respect of the Direct property valuation and concluded 
that they found the Company’s calculation of investment properties to be acceptable. 

There has been nothing brought to the Committee’s attention in respect of the financial statements for the period ended 
31 March 2020, other than the valuation of the investment properties detailed above which was material or significant or 
that the Committee felt should be brought to shareholders’ attention. 

Auditor assessment and independence 

The Company’s external auditor, KPMG LLP was appointed as the Company’s auditors at the 2016 AGM. The Committee 
expects to repeat a tender process no later than 2026 in respect of the audit for the following 31 March year end, in line 
with the latest Corporate Governance provisions and EU Requirements. 

During the year, KPMG presented their Audit Plan for the year end at the interim Committee meeting and the Committee 
considered the audit process and fee proposal. The Committee also reviewed KPMG’s independence policies and 

60               TR Property Investment Trust

Report of the Audit Committee 

continued

procedures including quality assurance procedures. It was considered that these policies are fit for purpose and the 
Directors are satisfied that KPMG are independent. 

Total fees payable to the Auditor in respect of the audit for the year to 31 March 2020 were: £80,000 (2019: £70,000), 
which were approved by the Audit Committee. 

The Committee has approved and implemented a policy on the engagement of the Auditor to supply non-audit services, 
taking into account the recommendations of the Accounting Practices Board with a view to ensuring that the external 
Auditor does not provide non-audit services that have the potential to impair or appear to impair the independence of 
their audit role. In addition, the Committee reviewed the actions put in place by the Auditor to ensure there was a clear 
separation between audit and advisory services. The Committee does not believe there to be any impediment to the 
Auditor’s objectivity and independence. 

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

The fees for non-audit services for the year to 31 March 2020 were nil (2019: nil). 

Full details of the Auditor’s fees are provided in note 6 to the accounts on page 78. 

The Board noted that Mr Kelly, the current partner, was appointed for the 2017 year-end audit and will continue as 
partner only until the conclusion of the 2021 year-end audit. 

Following each audit, the Committee reviews the audit process and considers its effectiveness and the quality of the 
services provided to the Company. Within this process, the Committee takes into consideration their own assessment, the 
self-evaluation of the auditor and the Audit Quality Review Report produced by the FRC in order to monitor the progress 
of the Auditor’s performance comparable with its peer and the targets set by the FRC. The review following the 
completion of the 2020 Audit concluded that the Committee was satisfied with the Auditor’s effectiveness and 
performance. The Committee felt that KPMG had run an effective and efficient audit process with appropriate challenge. 
Subsequently, a resolution to re-appoint KPMG LLP as the Company’s Auditor will be put to shareholders at the 
forthcoming AGM. 

Tim Gillbanks 
Chairman of the Audit Committee  
5 June 2020

                TR Property Investment Trust

61

 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in relation to 
the Group financial statements 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.  

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Company law requires the Directors to prepare group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law they have elected to prepare both the group and the parent company financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and 
applicable law.  

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view of the state of affairs of the group and parent company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing 
each of the group and parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:  

l select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

l make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable; 

l state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; 

l assess the group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 

related to going concern; and 

l use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or 

to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company 
and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for 
such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.  

Responsibility statement 

Each of the Directors listed on pages 35 and 36 confirms that to the best of their knowledge: 

l the financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRs as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair 

view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group and Company and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole; and; 

l the Annual Report, includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of 

the Trust, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces; and 

l the accounting records have been properly maintained; and 

l the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the necessary information for 

shareholders to assess the company’s position and performance, business model and strategy. 

By order of the Board 

Hugh Seaborn 
Chairman 
5 June 2020

62               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
Independent 
auditor’s report

to the members of  TR Property Investment Trust plc

1. Our op inion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statem ents of TR Property 
Investm ent Trust Plc (“the Com pany”) for the year ended 
31 March 2020 which com prise the Group Statem ent of 
Com prehensive Incom e, Group and Com pany Statem ent of 
Changes in Equity, Group and Com pany Balance Sheets, 
Group and Com pany Cash Flow  Statem ents, and the related 
notes, including  the accounting policies in note 1.  

In our opinion  the financial statem ents:  

— give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and 
of the Com pany’s affairs as at 31 March 2020 and of the 
Group’s return for the year then ended;  

— have been properly prepared in accordance with 

International Financial Reporting  Standards as adopted 
by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU); 
and 

— have been prepared in accordance with the 

requirem ents of the Com panies Act 2006 and, as 
regards the Group financial statem ents, Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation.

Basis for opinion   

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing  (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities  are described below.  We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and 
appropriate basis for our opinion.  Our audit opinion is 
consistent with our report to the audit com m ittee.

We were first appointed as auditor by the shareholders on 2 
Novem ber 2016.  The period of total uninterrupted 
engagem ent is for the four financial years ended 31 March 
2020.  We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and 
we rem ain independent of the Com pany in accordance with, 
UK ethical requirem ents including  the FRC Ethical Standard 
as applied to listed public interest entities. No non-audit 
services prohibited by that standard were provided.

Em phasis of m atter – valuation of direct property 
investm ents

We draw attention to note 10 to the consolidated financial 
statem ents which states that the independent external 
valuations of investm ent properties at the reporting date are 
reported on the basis of ‘m aterial valuation uncertainty’ due 
to the potential econom ic effect of the coronavirus pandem ic.  
Consequently, m ore subjectivity is associated with the 
valuation of investm ent property than would norm ally be the 
case.  Our opinion is not m odified in respect of this m atter.

Overview

Materiality: 
group financial 
statem ents as a 
whole

Coverage:

£12.5m  (2019: £13.9m )

1% (2019: 1%) of Total Assets

100% of the Group’s assets 
(2019: 100%)

Key audit matters                                          vs 2019

Recurring risks

Valuation of direct 
property investm ents

Carrying value of listed 
investm ents

◄►

2. Key audit matters:  our assessment of risks of material misstatement

Key audit m atters are those m atters that, in our professional judgm ent, were of m ost significance in the audit of the financial statem ents 
and include  the m ost significant assessed risks of m aterial m isstatem ent (whether or not due to fraud) identified  by us, including  those 
which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the 
engagem ent team . We sum m arise below the key audit m atters, in decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving at our audit opinion 
above, together with our key audit procedures to address those m atters and, as required  for public  interest entities, our results from  those 
procedures.  These m atters were addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the 
purpose of, our audit of the financial statem ents as a whole,  and in form ing our opinion  thereon, and consequently are incidental to that 
opinion,  and we do not provide a separate opinion  on these m atters.

Valuation of direct p rop erty 
investments

(Group  and Parent Comp any)

£94.5m (2019: £101.9m )

Refer to pages 59 - 60 (Audit 
Com m ittee Report), page 74 
(accounting policy) and pages 81 
– 85 (financial disclosures).

The risk

Our resp onse

Subjective valuation

Our procedures included: 

7.5% (2019: 7.3%) of the Group’s total assets 
(by value) is held in investm ent properties. 

The fair value of each property requires 
significant estim ation, in particular over the key 
assum ptions of the estim ated rental value and 
the yield.  The key assum ptions will  be 
im pacted by a num ber of factors including 
location, quality and condition  of the building 
and tenant credit rating. 

The effect of these m atters is that, as part of 
our risk assessm ent, we determ ined that the 
valuation of unquoted investm ents has a high 
degree of estim ation uncertainty, with a 
potential range of reasonable outcom es 
greater than our m ateriality for the financial 
statem ents as a whole.

— Assessing valuer’s credentials: Using our own 
property valuation specialist, we evaluated the 
com petence, experience and independence  of the 
external valuer; 

— Methodology choice: We held discussions 
with the external valuer to understand the 
valuation m ethodology used; 

— Benchmarking assump tions: With the 
assistance of our own property valuation specialist, 
we held discussions with the Group’s external 
property valuer to understand m ovem ents in 
property values. For a sam ple of properties where 
the fair value m ovem ents were outside our 
predeterm ined thresholds, we challenged  the key 
assum ptions used by the valuer upon which these 
valuations were based, including  those relating to 
forecast rents and yields, by m aking a com parison 
to our own understanding  of the m arket and to 
industry benchm arks; 

— Assessing transp arency: We also considered 
the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures about the 
degree of estim ation and sensitivity to key 
assum ptions m ade when valuing the investm ent 
properties, particularly as regards the m aterial 
uncertainty reported by the external valuers.

Our results: 

— We found the valuation of investm ent 
properties and the disclosure of the associated 
level of uncertainty to be acceptable (2019 result: 
acceptable).  We have included  an em phasis of 
m atter in respect of the m aterial uncertainty in the 
valuation in section 2 of this report (2019: no 
em phasis of m atter).

Carrying amount of listed 
investments

(Group  and Parent Comp any)

£1,060.1m (2019: £1,189.1m )

Refer to page 59 (Audit 
Com m ittee Report), page 75
(accounting policy) and pages 81 
– 85 (financial disclosures).

Low risk, high value

Our procedures included:

The Group’s portfolio  of listed investm ents 
m akes up 84.4% (2019: 85.0%) of the Group’s 
total assets by value and is considered  to be 
one of the key drivers of results. We do not 
consider these investm ents to be at a high risk 
of significant m isstatem ent, or to be subject to 
a significant level  of judgem ent because they 
com prise liquid,  quoted investm ents. 
However, due to their m ateriality in the 
context of the financial statem ents as a whole, 
they are considered to be one of the areas 
which had the greatest effect on our overall 
audit strategy and allocation of resources in 
planning  and com pleting our audit.

— Tests of detail: Agreeing  the valuation of 100% 
of listed investm ents in the portfolio  to externally 
quoted prices; and

— Enquiry of custodians: Agreeing  100% of 
investm ent holdings  in the portfolio to 
independently  received third party confirm ations 
from  investm ent custodians.

Our results:

— We found the carrying am ount of listed 
investm ents to be acceptable (2019: acceptable).

We continue to perform  procedures over the Im pact of the UK exiting the European Union.  However, following  the fact that the UK has 
now left the European Union,  we have not assessed this as one of the m ost significant risks in our current year audit and, therefore, it is 
not separately identified  in our report this year.

3. Our ap p lication of materiality and an overview of the 

4. We have nothing to rep ort on going concern

The Directors have prepared the financial statem ents on the 
going  concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate  the 
Com pany or the Group or to cease their operations, and as 
they have concluded that the Com pany’s and the Group’s 
financial position m eans that this is realistic. They have also 
concluded that there are no m aterial uncertainties that could 
have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a 
going  concern for at least a year from  the date of approval of 
the financial statem ents (“the going concern period”).  

Our responsibility  is to conclude on the appropriateness of the 
Directors’ conclusions and, had there been a m aterial 
uncertainty related to going  concern, to m ake reference to that 
in this audit report. However, as we cannot predict all future 
events or conditions and as subsequent events m ay result in 
outcom es that are inconsistent with judgem ents that were 
reasonable at the tim e they were m ade, the absence of 
reference to a m aterial uncertainty in this auditor's report is not 
a guarantee that the Group and the Com pany will  continue in 
operation. 

In our evaluation of the Directors’ conclusions, we considered 
the inherent  risks to the Group’s and the Com pany’s business 
m odel and analysed how those risks m ight affect the Group’s 
and the Com pany’s financial resources or ability to continue 
operations over the going  concern period.  We evaluated those 
risks and concluded  that they were not significant enough  to 
require us to perform  additional  audit procedures.

Based on this work, we are required to report to you if:

— we have anything m aterial to add or draw attention to in 
relation to the Directors’ statem ent in Note 1 to the 
financial statem ents on the use of the going  concern basis 
of accounting with no m aterial uncertainties that m ay cast 
significant doubt over the Group’s and the Com pany’s use 
of that basis for a period of at least twelve m onths from  
the date of approval of the financial statem ents; or

— the related statem ent under the Listing  Rules set out on 

page 39 is m aterially inconsistent with our audit 
knowledge. 

We have nothing  to report in these respects, and we did not 
identify going  concern as a key audit m atter. 

scop e of our audit 

Materiality for the Group financial statem ents as a whole  was 
set at £12.5m (2019: £13.9m ), determ ined with reference to a 
benchm ark of total assets, of which it represents 1% (2019: 
1%).

In addition,  we applied  m ateriality of £3.2m  (2019: £3.3m ) to 
investm ent incom e, other operating incom e, gross rental 
incom e, service charge incom e and net revenue returns on 
contracts for difference, for which we believe  m isstatem ents 
of lesser am ounts than m ateriality for the financial statem ents 
as a whole  could reasonably be expected to influence  the 
com pany’s m em bers’ assessment of the financial 
perform ance of the com pany.

Materiality for the Parent Com pany financial statem ents as a 
whole  was set at £12.0m  (2019: £13.2m ), determ ined as 0.9% 
of the total assets of the Parent Com pany (2019: 0.9%).

We agreed to report to the Audit Com m ittee any corrected or 
uncorrected identified  m isstatem ents exceeding £625,000
(2019: £695,000), in addition  to other identified  m isstatem ents 
that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Our audit of the Com pany was undertaken to the m ateriality 
level specified above and was perform ed by a single audit 
team .

The audit team  perform ed the audit of the Group as if it was a 
single aggregated set of financial inform ation. This approach is 
unchanged from  the prior year. The audit of the Group was 
perform ed using the Group m ateriality level set out above. 

Total assets
£1,256m  (2019: £1,399m )

Group  Materiality
£12.5m  (2019: £13.9m )

£12 .5m
Whole financial
statements materiality
(2019: £13 .9m)

£12 .0m
Parent Company materiality
(2019: £13 .2m)

Total Assets
Group materiality

£62 5k
Misstatements reported to the 
audit committee (2019: £6 95k)

5. We have nothing to rep ort on the other information in 

the Annual Rep ort

The Directors are responsible  for the other inform ation 
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial 
statem ents.  Our opinion  on the financial statem ents does not 
cover the other inform ation and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion  or, except as explicitly stated below, 
any form  of assurance conclusion thereon.  

Our responsibility  is to read the other inform ation and, in doing 
so, consider whether, based on our financial statem ents audit 
work, the inform ation therein is m aterially m isstated or 
inconsistent with the financial statem ents or our audit 
knowledge.   Based solely on that work we have not identified 
m aterial m isstatem ents in the other inform ation. 

Strategic report and Directors’ report 

Based solely on our work on the other inform ation:  

— we have not identified  m aterial m isstatem ents in the 

strategic report and the Directors’ report;  

— in our opinion  the inform ation given in those reports for the 
financial year is consistent with the financial statem ents; 
and  

— in our opinion  those reports have been  prepared in 

accordance with the Com panies Act 2006 .

Directors’ rem uneration report   

In our opinion  the part of the Directors’ Rem uneration Report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Com panies Act 2006.

Disclosures of em erging and principal  risks and longer-term  
viability

Based on the knowledge  we acquired during our financial 
statem ents audit, we have nothing  m aterial to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:

— the Directors’ confirm ation within  the viability statem ent on 

pages 32 and 33 that they have carried out a robust 
assessm ent of the em erging and principal risks facing the 
Group, including  those that would  threaten its business 
m odel, future perform ance, solvency and liquidity;

— the Principal Risks and Uncertainties disclosures describing 
these risks and explaining  how they are being m anaged 
and m itigated; and

— the Directors’ explanation in the viability statem ent of how 
they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what 
period they have done so and why they considered that 
period to be appropriate, and their statem ent as to whether 
they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will  be 
able to continue in operation and m eet its liabilities  as they 
fall due over the period of their assessm ent, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assum ptions.

Under the Listing Rules  we are required to review the longer-
term  viability statem ent. We have nothing to report in this 
respect.

Our work is lim ited to assessing these m atters in the context 
of only the knowledge  acquired during our financial statem ents 
audit. As we cannot predict all future events or conditions and 
as subsequent events m ay result in outcom es that are 
inconsistent with judgm ents that were reasonable at the tim e 
they were m ade, the absence of anything to report on these 
statem ents is not a guarantee as to the Group’s  longer-term  
viability.

Corporate governance disclosures

We are required  to report to you if:

— we have identified  m aterial inconsistencies between  the 
knowledge  we acquired during  our financial statem ents 
audit and the Directors’ statem ent that they consider that 
the annual report and financial statem ents taken as a whole 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
inform ation necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position  and perform ance, business m odel and 
strategy; or

— the section of the annual report describing the work of the 
Audit Com m ittee does not appropriately address m atters 
com m unicated by us to the Audit Com m ittee. 

We are required  to report to you if the Corporate Governance 
Report does not properly disclose a departure from  the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified by 
the Listing  Rules for our review.

We have nothing  to report in these respects.

6. We have nothing to rep ort on the other matters  on 

which we are required to rep ort b y excep tion 

Under the Com panies Act 2006, we are required  to report to 
you if, in our opinion: 

— adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

Com pany, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from  branches not visited by us; or  

— the Com pany financial statem ents and the part of the 

Directors’ Rem uneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreem ent with the accounting records and returns; or  

— certain disclosures of Directors’ rem uneration specified by 

law are not m ade; or  

— we have not received all the inform ation and explanations 

we require for our audit.

We have nothing  to report in these respects. 

7.   Resp ective resp onsibilities  

Directors’ responsibilities   

As explained  m ore fully in their statem ent set out on page 62, 
the Directors are responsible for: the preparation of the 
financial statem ents including being  satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view; such internal control as they determ ine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statem ents 
that are free from  m aterial m isstatem ent, whether due to 
fraud or error; assessing the Group and Com pany’s ability to 
continue as a going  concern, disclosing,  as applicable,  m atters 
related to going concern; and using the going  concern basis of 
accounting unless they either intend to liquidate  the Group or 
the Com pany or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities   

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statem ents as a whole  are free from  
m aterial m isstatem ent, whether due to fraud or other 
irregularities (see below),  or error, and to issue our opinion  in 
an auditor’s report.  Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will  always detect a m aterial 
m isstatem ent when it exists.  Misstatem ents can arise from  
fraud, other irregularities  or error and are considered m aterial 
if, individually  or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence  the econom ic decisions of users taken 
on the basis of the financial statem ents.  

A fuller description of our responsibilities  is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

Irregularities – ability to detect

We identified  areas of laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a m aterial effect on the 
financial statem ents from  our general com m ercial and sector 
experience and through discussion with the Directors, the 
m anager and the adm inistrator (as required by auditing 
standards) the policies  and procedures regarding com pliance 
with laws and regulations.   We com m unicated identified  laws 
and regulations throughout our team  and rem ained alert to any 
indications of non-com pliance throughout the audit.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations  on the 
financial statem ents varies considerably.

Firstly, the Com pany is subject to laws and regulations  that 
directly affect the financial statem ents including  financial 
reporting legislation  (including  related com panies legislation) 
and its qualification  as an Investm ent Trust under UK taxation 
legislation,  any breach of which could lead to the com pany 
losing various deductions and exem ptions from  UK corporation 
tax, and we assessed the extent of com pliance with these 
laws and regulations  as part of our procedures on the related 
financial statem ent item s.  

Secondly, the Com pany is subject to m any other laws and 
regulations where the consequences of non-com pliance could 
have a m aterial effect on am ounts or disclosures in the 
financial statem ents, for instance through the im position of 
fines or litigation.   We identified  the following  areas as those 
m ost likely to have such an effect: the Listing Rules and 
certain aspects of com pany legislation  recognising the financial 
and regulated nature of the Com pany’s activities and its legal 
form . 

Auditing  standards lim it the required audit procedures to 
identify non-com pliance with these laws and regulations to 
enquiry of the Directors, the m anager and the adm inistrator 
and inspection  of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. 
These lim ited procedures did not identify any actual or 
suspected non-com pliance.

Owing to the inherent lim itations of an audit, there is an 
unavoidable risk that we m ay not have detected som e m aterial 
m isstatem ents in the financial statem ents, even though we 
have properly planned and perform ed our audit in accordance 
with auditing standards. For exam ple, the further rem oved 
non-com pliance with laws and regulations (irregularities)  is 
from  the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statem ents, the less likely the inherently  lim ited procedures 
required by auditing  standards would identify it.  In addition, as 
with any audit, there rem ained a higher  risk of non-detection  of 
irregularities, as these m ay involve collusion,  forgery, 
intentional  om issions, m isrepresentations, or the override of 
internal controls. We are not responsible  for preventing  non-
com pliance and cannot be expected to detect non-com pliance 
with all laws and regulations.

8.  The p urp ose of our audit work and to whom we owe 

our resp onsib ilities  

This report is m ade solely to the Com pany’s m em bers, as a 
body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Com panies Act 2006 and the term s of our engagem ent by the 
com pany.  Our audit work has been undertaken so that we 
m ight state to the Com pany’s m em bers those m atters we are 
required to state to them  in an auditor’s report and the further 
m atters we are required  to state to them  in accordance with 
the term s agreed with the com pany, and for no other purpose.  
To the fullest extent perm itted by law, we do not accept or 
assum e responsibility to anyone other than the Com pany and 
the Com pany’s m em bers, as a body, for our audit work, for 
this report, or for the opinions  we have form ed. 

Richard Kelly (Senior Statutory  Auditor)

for and on b ehalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory  Auditor 
Chartered Accountants  

15 Canada Square
Canary Wharf
London
E14 5GL

5 June 2020

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income 

for the year ended 31 March 2020

                                                                                                        Year ended 31 March 2020                                          Year ended 31 March 2019 
                                                                                        Revenue                 Capital                                          Revenue                  Capital                            
                                                                                          Return                 Return                    Total                   Return                   Return                     Total 
                                                                  Notes                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Income 

Investment income                         2         47,112                 —          47,112         44,771                 —         44,771 

Other operating income                 4               35                 —                35              674                 —              674 

Gross rental income                       3           3,415                 —            3,415           3,659                 —           3,659 

Service charge income                   3           1,786                 —            1,786           1,608                 —           1,608 

(Losses)/gains on investments  
    held at fair value                       10                 —      (153,614)     (153,614)                —         96,594         96,594 

Net movement on foreign  
    exchange; investments  
    and loan notes                                              —         11,296         11,296                 —         (1,463)         (1,463) 

Net movement on foreign  
    exchange; cash and cash  
    equivalents                                                   —              302             302                 —             (508)           (508) 

Net returns on contracts  
    for difference                           10           5,724        (41,276)       (35,552)          6,469        (18,380)       (11,911) 

Net return on total return swap     10                 —          (3,808)         (3,808)                —                 —                 — 

Total Income                                          58,072       (187,100)     (129,028)         57,181         76,243       133,424 

Expenses 

Management and performance fees   5          (1,570)         (7,392)         (8,962)         (1,514)       (10,653)       (12,167) 

Direct property expenses, rent 
    payable and service charge costs   3         (1,984)                —         (1,984)         (1,940)                —         (1,940) 

Other administrative expenses         6         (1,398)           (615)         (2,013)         (1,271)           (564)         (1,835) 

Total operating expenses                      (4,952)         (8,007)       (12,959)         (4,725)       (11,217)       (15,942) 

Operating profit/(loss)                              53,120      (195,107)     (141,987)        52,456         65,026       117,482 

Finance costs                                 7             (814)         (2,443)         (3,257)           (851)         (2,554)         (3,405) 

Profit/(loss) from operations  
    before tax                                          52,306       (197,550)     (145,244)        51,605         62,472       114,077 

Taxation                                         8          (5,912)         3,149          (2,763)         (5,351)          3,479          (1,872) 

Total comprehensive income                46,394      (194,401)     (148,007)        46,254         65,951       112,205 

Earnings/(loss) per  
    Ordinary share                         9         14.62p       (61.26)p       (46.64)p         14.58p         20.78p         35.36p 

The Total column of this statement represents the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income, prepared in accordance 
with IFRS. The Revenue Return and Capital Return columns are supplementary to this and are prepared under guidance 
published by the Association of Investment Companies. All items in the above statement derive from continuing 
operations. 

The Group does not have any other income or expense that is not included in the above statement therefore “Total 
comprehensive income” is also the profit for the year. 

All income is attributable to the shareholders of the parent company.

The notes on pages 72 to 96 form part of these Financial Statements.

68               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Group and Company Statement of Changes in Equity

Group  
                                                                                                                        Share                  Share                 Capital             Retained  
                                                                                                                      Capital             Premium        Redemption              Earnings 
                                                                                                                    Ordinary               Account               Reserve              Ordinary                    Total  
For the year ended 31 March 2020             Notes             £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

At 31 March 2019                                                      79,338         43,162         43,971     1,161,783     1,328,254 

Total comprehensive income                                                  —                 —                 —      (148,007)     (148,007) 

Dividends paid                                                 17                 —                 —                 —        (43,794)       (43,794) 

At 31 March 2020                                                      79,338         43,162         43,971       969,982     1,136,453 

Company 
                                                                                                                        Share                  Share                 Capital             Retained  
                                                                                                                      Capital             Premium        Redemption              Earnings 
                                                                                                                    Ordinary               Account               Reserve              Ordinary                    Total  
For the year ended 31 March 2020             Notes             £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

At 31 March 2019                                                      79,338         43,162         43,971     1,161,783     1,328,254 

Total comprehensive income                                                  —                 —                 —      (148,007)     (148,007) 

Dividends paid                                                 17                 —                 —                 —        (43,794)       (43,794) 

At 31 March 2020                                                      79,338         43,162         43,971       969,982     1,136,453  

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Group  

                                                                                                                     Share                    Share                  Capital               Retained  
                                                                                                                        Capital               Premium          Redemption               Earnings 
                                                                                                                      Ordinary                Account                Reserve                Ordinary                     Total  
For the year ended 31 March 2019                 Notes             £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

At 31 March 2018                                                      79,338         43,162         43,971     1,089,088     1,255,559 

Total comprehensive income                                                  –                 –                 –       112,205       112,205 

Dividends paid                                                 17                 –                 –                 –        (39,510)       (39,510) 

At 31 March 2019                                                      79,338         43,162         43,971     1,161,783     1,328,254 

Company 

                                                                                                                     Share                    Share                  Capital               Retained  
                                                                                                                        Capital               Premium          Redemption                Earnings 
                                                                                                                      Ordinary                Account                Reserve                Ordinary                     Total  
For the year ended 31 March 2019                 Notes             £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

At 31 March 2018                                                      79,338         43,162         43,971     1,089,088     1,255,559 

Total comprehensive income                                                  –                 –                 –       112,205       112,205 

Dividends paid                                                 17                 –                 –                 –        (39,510)       (39,510) 

At 31 March 2019                                                      79,338         43,162         43,971     1,161,783     1,328,254

The notes on pages 72 to 96 form part of these Financial Statements.

                TR Property Investment Trust

69

 
 
 
 
Group and Company Balance Sheets 

as at 31 March 2020

                                                                                                                                                    Group             Company                   Group              Company 
                                                                                                                                                      2020                   2020                   2019                    2019 
                                                                                                                          Notes                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Non-current assets 

Investments held at fair value                                               10     1,155,295     1,155,295     1,291,442     1,291,442 

Investments in subsidiaries                                                   10                 —         50,429                 –         50,442 

                                                                                                   1,155,295     1,205,724     1,291,442     1,341,884 

Deferred taxation asset                                                         12                 —                 —             243             243 

                                                                                                 1,155,295     1,205,724     1,291,685     1,342,127 

Current assets 

Debtors                                                                               12         60,094         59,972         54,892         54,770 

Cash and cash equivalents                                                                40,129         40,127         52,282         52,280 

                                                                                                     100,223       100,099        107,174       107,050 

Current liabilities                                                                  13         (59,711)     (110,016)       (12,520)       (62,838) 

Net current assets/(liabilities)                                                            40,512          (9,917)        94,654         44,212 

Total assets less current liabilities                                                    1,195,807     1,195,807     1,386,339     1,386,339 

Non-current liabilities                                                           13        (59,354)       (59,354)       (58,085)       (58,085) 

Net assets                                                                                    1,136,453     1,136,453     1,328,254     1,328,254 

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

Capital and reserves 

Called up share capital                                                         14         79,338         79,338         79,338         79,338 

Share premium account                                                       15         43,162         43,162         43,162         43,162 

Capital redemption reserve                                                   15         43,971         43,971         43,971         43,971 

Retained earnings                                                                16       969,982       969,982     1,161,783     1,161,783 

Equity shareholders’ funds                                                        1,136,453     1,136,453     1,328,254     1,328,254 

Net Asset Value per: 

Ordinary share                                                                     19       358.11p       358.11p       418.54p       418.54p 

These financial statements were approved by the directors of TR Property Investment Trust plc (Company No:84492) and 
authorised for issue on 5 June 2020. 

H Seaborn 

Director

The notes on pages 72 to 96 form part of these Financial Statements.

70               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group and Company Cash Flow Statements 

for the year ended 31 March 2020

                                                                                                                                                    Group             Company                   Group              Company 
                                                                                                                                                      2020                   2020                   2019                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                    £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Reconciliation of (loss)/profit from operations before tax  
    to net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities 

(Loss)/profit from operations before tax                                           (145,244)     (145,244)       114,077       114,077 

Finance costs                                                                                      3,257           3,257           3,405           3,405 

Losses/(gains) on investments and derivatives held at  
    fair value through profit or loss                                                      198,698       198,711        (78,214)       (78,186) 

Net movement on foreign exchange; cash and cash 
    equivalents and loan notes                                                                859             859             (292)           (292) 

Decrease/(increase) in accrued income                                                 584             584          (1,129)         (1,129) 

Net (purchases)/sales of investments                                             (66,833)       (66,833)      115,685       115,685 

Increase in sales settlement debtor                                                    (1,417)         (1,417)         (3,334)         (3,334) 

Increase in purchase settlement creditor                                               4,501           4,501           1,474           1,474 

Decrease/(increase) in other debtors                                                  4,447           4,447        (18,350)       (18,350) 

Increase/(decrease) in other creditors                                                 2,047           2,034          (3,711)         (3,737) 

Scrip dividends included in investment income and  
    net returns on contracts for difference                                               (3,818)         (3,818)         (9,162)         (9,162) 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities 
    before interest and taxation                                                       (2,919)         (2,919)      120,449       120,451 

Interest paid                                                                                     (3,421)         (3,421)         (3,391)         (3,391) 

Taxation paid                                                                                    (2,321)         (2,321)         (1,872)         (1,872) 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities                     (8,661)         (8,661)       115,186       115,188 

Financing activities 

Equity dividends paid                                                                       (43,794)       (43,794)       (39,510)       (39,510) 

Drawdown/(repayment) of loans                                                       40,000         40,000        (41,000)       (41,000) 

Net cash used in financing activities                                                   (3,794)         (3,794)       (80,510)       (80,510) 

(Decrease)/increase in cash                                                        (12,455)       (12,455)        34,676         34,678 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year                                            52,282         52,280         18,114         18,110 

Net movement on foreign exchange; cash and cash equivalents 

            302             302             (508)           (508) 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                    40,129         40,127         52,282         52,280 

Note 

Dividends received                                                                           52,003         52,003         46,249         46,249 

Interest received                                                                                      37                37             669             669

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

The notes on pages 72 to 96 form part of these Financial Statements.

                TR Property Investment Trust

71

 
 
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

1     Accounting policies 

The financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020 have been prepared on a going concern basis, in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), which comprise standards and interpretations approved by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB), together with interpretations of the International Accounting Standards and Standing 
Interpretations Committee approved by the International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC) that remain in effect, to the 
extent that they have been adopted by the European Union and as regards the Company financial statements, as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with 
the Statement of Recommended Practice (SORP), “Financial Statements of Investment Trust Companies and Venture Capital 
Trusts” issued in October 2019, to the extent that it is consistent with IFRS. 

In assessing Going Concern the Board has made a detailed assessment of the ability of the Company and Group to meet its 
liabilities as they fall due, including stress and liquidity tests which considered the effects of substantial falls in investment 
valuations, substantial reductions in revenue received and reductions in market liquidity including the effects and potential effects 
of the current economic impact caused by the Coronavirus pandemic. 

In light of the testing carried out, the liquidity of the level 1 assets held by the Company and the significant net asset value 
position, and despite the net current liability position of the Parent Company, the Directors are satisfied that the Company and 
Group have adequate financial resources to continue in operation for at least the next 12 months following the signing of the 
financial statements and therefore it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting. 

The Group and Company financial statements are expressed in Sterling, which is their functional and presentational currency. 
Sterling is the functional currency because it is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. 
Values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except where otherwise indicated. 

Key estimates and judgements 
The preparation of the financial statements necessarily requires the exercise of judgement, both in application of accounting 
policies, which are set out below, and in the selection of assumptions used in the calculation of estimates. These estimates and 
judgements are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are continually evaluated based on historical experience and other factors. 
However, actual results may differ from these estimates. The only key estimate is considered to be the valuation of investment 
properties. See section (f) of this note. There are not considered to be any key judgements. 

a) Basis of consolidation 
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries to 31 March 2020. All 
the subsidiaries of the Company have been consolidated in these financial statements. 

In accordance with IFRS10 the Company has been designated as an investment entity on the basis that: 

l   It obtains funds from investors and provides those investors with investment management services; 

l   It commits to its investors that its business purpose is to invest solely for returns from capital appreciation and investment 

income; and 

l   It measures and evaluates performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis. 

Each of the subsidiaries of the Company was established for the sole purpose of operating or supporting the investment operations of 
the Company (including raising additional financing), and is not itself an investment entity. IFRS 10 sets out that in the case of controlled 
entities that support the investment activity of the investment entity, those entities should be consolidated rather than presented as 
investments at fair value. Accordingly the Company has consolidated the results and financial positions of those subsidiaries.  

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the Company obtains control, and 
continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. The financial statements of subsidiaries used in the preparation 
of the consolidated financial statements are based on consistent accounting policies. All intra-group balances and transactions, 
including unrealised profits arising therefrom, are eliminated. This is consistent with the presentation in previous years. 

72               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

1     Accounting policies continued 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

b) Income 
Dividends receivable on equity shares are treated as revenue for the year on an ex-dividend basis. Where no ex-dividend date is 
available, dividends receivable on or before the year end are treated as revenue for the year. Provision is made for any dividends not 
expected to be received. Where the Group has elected to receive these dividends in the form of additional shares rather than cash 
the amount of cash dividend foregone is recognised as income. Differences between the value of shares received and the cash 
dividend foregone are recognised in the capital returns of the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. The fixed returns on debt 
securities are recognised on a time apportionment basis so as to reflect the effective yield on each such security. Interest receivable 
from cash and short term deposits is accrued to the end of the year. Stock lending income is recognised on an accruals basis. 
Underwriting commission is taken to revenue, unless any shares underwritten are required to be taken up, in which case the 
proportionate commission received is deducted from the cost of the investment. 

Recognition of property rental income is set out in section (f) of this note. 

Recognition of income from contracts of difference is set out in section (g) of this note. 

c) Expenses 
All expenses and finance costs are accounted for on an accruals basis. An analysis of retained earnings broken down into revenue and 
capital items is given in note 16. In arriving at this breakdown, expenses have been presented as revenue items except as follows: 

l   Expenses which are incidental to the acquisition or disposal of an investment;  

l   Expenses are presented as capital where a connection with the maintenance or enhancement of the value of the investments 

can be demonstrated, this includes irrecoverable VAT incurred on costs relating to the extension of residential leases as 
premiums received for extending or terminating leases are recognised in the capital account; 

l   One quarter of the base management fee is charged to revenue, with three quarters allocated to capital return to reflect the 

Board’s expectations of long term investment returns. All performance fees are charged to capital return; 

l   The fund administration, depositary, custody and company secretarial services are charged directly to the Company and are 
included within ‘Other administrative expenses’ in note 6. These expenses are charged on the same basis as the base 
management fee; one quarter to income and three quarters to capital. 

d) Finance costs 
The finance cost in respect of capital instruments other than equity shares is calculated so as to give a constant rate of return on 
the outstanding balance. One quarter of the finance cost is charged to revenue and three quarters to capital return. 

e) Taxation 
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, 
based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. 

Income tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged to equity. Otherwise income 
tax is recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

The tax effect of different items of expenditure is allocated between capital and revenue using the Group’s effective rate of tax for 
the year. The charge for taxation is based on the profit for the year and takes into account taxation deferred because of temporary 
differences between the treatment of certain items for taxation and accounting purposes. 

In accordance with the recommendations of the SORP, the allocation method used to calculate tax relief on expenses presented 
against capital returns in the supplementary information in the Statement of Comprehensive Income is the “marginal basis”. 
Under this basis, if taxable income is capable of being offset entirely by expenses presented in the revenue return column of the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, then no tax relief is transferred to the capital column. 

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
Balance Sheet and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet 
liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the 
extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 

The Company is an investment trust under s.1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 and, as such, is not liable for tax on capital 
gains. Capital gains arising in subsidiary companies are subject to capital gains tax. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

73

 
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

1     Accounting policies continued 

f)   Investment property 
Investment property is measured initially at cost including transaction costs. Transaction costs include transfer taxes, professional 
fees for legal services and initial leasing commissions to bring the property to the condition necessary for it to be capable of 
operating. The carrying amount also includes the cost of replacing part of an existing investment property at the time that cost is 
incurred if the recognition criteria are met. The purchase and sale of properties is recognised to be effected on the date 
unconditional contracts are exchanged. 

Subsequent to initial recognition, investment property is stated at fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair values 
are included in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income in the year in which they arise. 

Investment property is derecognised when it has been disposed of or permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic 
benefit is expected from its disposal. Any gains or losses are recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income in the 
year of disposal. 

Gains or losses on the disposal of investment property are determined as the difference between net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying value of the asset at the date of disposal. 

Revaluation of investment properties 
The Group carries its investment properties at fair value in accordance with IFRS 13, revalued twice a year, with changes in fair 
values being recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. The Group engaged Knight Frank LLP as 
independent valuation specialists to determine fair value as at 31 March 2020. 

Valuations of investment properties 
Determination of the fair value of investment properties has been prepared on the basis defined by the RICS Valuation – Global 
Standards (The Red Book Global Standards) as follows: 

“The estimated amount for which a property should exchange on the date of valuation between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an 
arm’s length transaction after proper marketing wherein the parties had each acted knowledgeably, prudently and without compulsion.” 

The valuation takes into account future cash flow from assets (such as lettings, tenants’ profiles, future revenue streams, capital values 
of fixtures and fittings, plant and machinery, any environmental matters and the overall repair and condition of the property) and 
discount rates applicable to those assets. These assumptions are based on local market conditions existing at the balance sheet date. 

In arriving at their estimates of fair values as at 31 March 2020, the valuers have used their market knowledge and professional 
judgement and have not only relied solely on historical transactional comparables. Examples of inputs to the valuation can be 
seen in the sensitivity analysis disclosed in note 10(e). 

The external valuation of the portfolio at 31 March 2020 contains a material uncertainty clause from Knight Frank, which is in line 
with the RICS guidance to valuers and reflects the increased difficulty in determining asset values when few, if any, comparable 
transactions have occurred in the current environment. Consequently less certainty can be attached to the valuation than would 
otherwise be the case. 

Rental income 
Rental income receivable under operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, except for 
contingent rental income which is recognised when it arises. 

Incentives for lessees to enter into lease agreements are spread evenly over the lease term, even if the payments are not made 
on such a basis. The lease term is the non-cancellable period of the lease together with any further term for which the tenant has 
the option to continue the lease, where, at the inception of the lease, the directors are reasonably certain that the tenant will 
exercise that option. Premiums received to terminate or extend leases are recognised in the capital account of the Group 
Statement of Comprehensive Income when they arise. 

Service charges and expenses recoverable from tenants 
Income arising from expenses recharged to tenants is recognised in the period in which the expense can be contractually 
recovered. Service charges and other such receipts are included gross of the related costs in revenue as the directors consider 
that the Group acts as principal in this respect. 

74               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

1     Accounting policies continued 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

g) Investments 
When a purchase or sale is made under contract, the terms of which require delivery within the timeframe of the relevant market, 
the investments concerned are recognised or derecognised on the trade date. 

All the Group’s investments are defined under IFRS as investments designated as fair value through profit or loss but are also 
described in these financial statements as investments held at fair value. 

All investments are designated upon initial recognition as held at fair value, and are measured at subsequent reporting dates at 
fair value, which, for quoted investments, is deemed to be closing prices for stocks sourced from European stock exchanges and 
for SETS stocks sourced from the London Stock Exchange. SETS is the London Stock Exchange electronic trading service covering 
most of the market including all the FTSE All -Share and the most liquid AIM constituents. Unquoted investments or investments 
for which there is only an inactive market are held at fair value which is based on valuations made by the directors in accordance 
with IPEVCA guidelines and using current market prices, trading conditions and the general economic climate. 

In its financial statements the Company recognises its investments in subsidiaries at adjusted net asset value. The subsidiaries 
have historically been holding vehicles for direct property investment or financing vehicles. No assets are currently held through 
the subsidiary structure and all financing instruments are directly held by the company. 

Changes in the fair value are recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. On disposal, realised gains and 
losses are also recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

Derivatives 
Derivatives are held at fair value based on traded prices. Gains and losses on derivative transactions are recognised in the Group 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. Gains and losses on CFDs and total return swaps resulting from movements in the price of 
the underlying stock are treated as capital. Dividends from the underlying investment and financing costs of CFDs and total return 
swaps are treated as revenue/capital expenses. 

Gains and losses on forward currency contracts used for capital hedging purposes are treated as capital. 

Contracts for Difference (“CFDs”) are synthetic equities and are valued by reference to the investments’ underlying market values. 

The sources of the returns under the derivative contract (e.g. notional dividends, financing costs, interest returns and capital 
changes) are allocated to the revenue and capital accounts in alignment with the nature of the underlying source of income and 
in accordance with the guidance given in the AIC SORP. Notional dividend income or expenses arising on long or short positions 
are apportioned wholly to the revenue account. Notional interest expense on long positions is apportioned between revenue and 
capital in accordance with the Board’s long term expected returns of the Company (currently determined to be 25% to the 
revenue account and 75% to capital reserves). Changes in value relating to underlying price movements of securities in relation 
to CFD exposures are allocated wholly to capital reserves. 

h) Borrowings, loan notes and debentures 
All loans and debentures are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, less issue costs where applicable. 
After initial recognition, all interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. 

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on settlement. The costs of arranging any interest 
bearing loans are capitalised and amortised over the life of the loan on an effective interest rate basis. 

i)   Foreign currency translation 
Transactions involving foreign currencies are converted at the rate ruling at the date of the transaction. 

Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into Sterling at the rate ruling on the balance sheet date. Foreign 
exchange differences are recognised in the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

j)   Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand deposits. 

k) Dividends payable to shareholders 
Interim dividends are recognised in the period in which they are paid and final dividends are recognised when approved by 
shareholders. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

75

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

1     Accounting policies continued 

l)   Adoption of new and revised Standards 

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

Standards and Interpretations effective in the current period 
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous consolidated financial statements except as noted 
below. 

IFRS 16 – Leases. The objective of IFRS 16 is to specify the principles for recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure 
of leases primarily for lessees. The Group has not entered into any leases as a lessee and acts only in its capacity as a lessor. The 
Group’s commercial leases on its property portfolio continue to be classified as operating leases with the leased assets recognised 
in the balance sheet. The adoption of the Standard has not had any impact on equity or profit in the current period as the 
approach to lessor accounting under IFRS 16 is substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17. 

IFRIC– 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments. The interpretation addresses the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax 
bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments under IAS 12. 
Companies must consider circumstances which give rise to uncertain tax treatment and whether it is probable the treatment 
adopted would be accepted by the tax authority. IFRIC – 23 has not had a material impact on the Group as it continued to ensure 
compliance with relevant tax legislation and consulted with its tax advisers throughout the period. 

Early adoption of standards and interpretations 
The standards issued before the reporting date that become effective after 31 March 2020 are not expected to have a material 
effect on equity or profit for the subsequent period. The Group has not early adopted any new International Financial Reporting 
Standard or Interpretation. Standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not yet effective up to the date of issuance of 
the Group’s financial statements are listed below: 

IFRS 3 amendments (effective 1 January 2020). The amendments provide more guidance on the definition of a business to 
assist in determining whether a transaction results in an asset or a business acquisition. The amendments are not expected to 
have a material impact on the Group's financial statements. 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 (effective 1 January 2020). The amendments 
provide temporary reliefs which enable hedge accounting to continue during the period of uncertainty before the replacement of 
an existing interest rate benchmark with an alternative risk free interest rate. The amendments are not expected to have a material 
impact on the Group's financial statements. 

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 – Definition of Material (effective 1 January 2020) The International Accounting Standards Board 
has refined its definition of “material” and issued practical guidance on applying the concept of materiality. The amendments are 
not expected to have a material impact on the Group's financial statements. 

The Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (effective 1 January 2020). The Conceptual Framework is not a standard 
however its purpose is to outline a set of concepts for financial reporting, standard setting, guidance for preparers in developing 
consistent accounting policies and assistance to others in understanding and interpreting the standards. 

IFRS 17 – Insurance Contracts (effective 1 January 2021) The IFRS introduces a comprehensive model for all insurance and 
re-insurance contracts, based on fulfilment objective, using current assumptions and discount rates. Given the nature of the 
Group's business, the IFRS is not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements. 

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current – Amendments to IAS 1 (effective 1 January 2022). The amendments 
specify the requirements for classifying liabilities as current or non-current. The amendments are not expected to have a material 
impact on the Group's financial statements. 

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture. 
(effective date postponed until completion of broader review) The amendments seek to resolve a conflict between existing 
guidance on consolidation and equity accounting when a parent company loses control of a subsidiary in a transaction with an 
associate or joint venture. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group's financial statements. 

76               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

2     Investment income 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                     £’000                   £’000 

Dividends from UK listed investments                                                                                                      4,911              2,304 
Dividends from overseas listed investments                                                                                           26,631            23,085 
Scrip dividends from listed investments                                                                                                   3,370              8,226 
Property income distributions                                                                                                                12,200             11,156 

                                                                                                                                                         47,112             44,771 

3     Net rental income 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                     £’000                   £’000 

Gross rental income                                                                                                                               3,415              3,659 
Service charge income                                                                                                                            1,786              1,608 
Direct property expenses, rent payable and service charge costs                                                                (1,984)           (1,940) 

                                                                                                                                                          3,217              3,327 

Operating leases 
The Group has entered into commercial leases on its property portfolio. Commercial property leases typically have lease terms 
between 5 and 15 years and include clauses to enable periodic upward revision of the rental charge according to prevailing 
market conditions. Some leases contain options to break before the end of the lease term. 

Future minimum rentals under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 March are as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            £’000                   £’000 

Within 1 year                                                                                                                                         2,950              3,600 
After 1 year but not more than 5 years                                                                                                   10,100             10,750 
More than 5 years                                                                                                                               15,500             16,725 

                                                                                                                                                        28,550             31,075 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

4     Other operating income 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            £’000                   £’000 

Interest receivable                                                                                                                                      32                   39 
Interest on refund of overseas withholding tax                                                                                                 3                 351 
Underwriting commission                                                                                                                             —                 284 

                                                                                                                                                               35                 674 

Underwriting is part of the process of introducing new securities to the market. The Company may participate in the underwriting 
of investee companies’ securities, as one of a number of participants, for which compensation in the form of commission is 
received. The Company only participates in underwriting having assessed the risks involved and in securities in which it is 
prepared to increase its holding should that be the outcome. The commission earned is taken to revenue unless any securities 
underwritten are required to be taken up in which case the proportionate commission is deducted from the cost of the 
investment. During the year the Company did not participate in any (2019: one) underwriting. In the prior year all commission 
earned was taken to revenue and shown under Other operating income. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

77

 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

5     Management and performance fees 
                                                                                                                                2020             2020             2020             2019             2019             2019 
                                                                                                                          Revenue         Capital             Total        Revenue           Capital              Total 
                                                                                                                              Return          Return                                Return           Return                      
                                                                                                                                £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Management fee                                                                     1,570         4,709         6,279         1,514         4,543         6,057 
Performance fee                                                                           —        2,683        2,683               –         6,110         6,110 

                                                                                            1,570         7,392        8,962         1,514       10,653       12,167 

A summary of the terms of the management agreement is given on pages 53 and 54. 

6     Other administrative expenses 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                     £’000                   £’000 

Directors’ fees (Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 55 to 57)                                                              209                 213 
Auditor’s remuneration: 
    – for audit of the consolidated and parent company financial statements                                                      80                   70 
Legal fees                                                                                                                                                  31                     – 
Taxation fees                                                                                                                                            103                 182 
Other administrative expenses                                                                                                                    199                 185 
Other expenses                                                                                                                                        562                 490 
Irrecoverable VAT                                                                                                                                      214                 131 

Expenses charged to Revenue                                                                                                                 1,398               1,271 
Expenses charged to Capital                                                                                                                      615                 564 

                                                                                                                                                          2,013              1,835 

Other administrative expenses include depositary, custody and company secretarial services. These expenses are charged on the 
same basis as the base management fee; one quarter to income and three quarters to capital. Total other administrative 
expenses charged to both income and capital are £796,000 (2019: £740,000). 

Other expenses include broker fees, marketing and PR costs, Directors’ National Insurance and recruitment, Registrars and listing 
fees, and annual report and other publication printing and distribution costs. These expenses are charged solely to the revenue 
account. 

VAT on costs incurred in connection with the extension of the residential leases on The Colonnades are charged to the capital 
account. 

7     Finance costs 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                     £’000                   £’000 

Bank loans and overdrafts repayable within 1 year                                                                                    1,866               2,017 
Loan notes repayable after 5 years                                                                                                           1,391              1,388 

                                                                                                                                                         3,257              3,405 
Amount allocated to capital return                                                                                                          (2,443)           (2,554) 

Amount allocated to revenue return                                                                                                           814                 851 

78               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

8     Taxation 

a) Analysis of charge in the year 

                                                                                                                                2020             2020             2020             2019             2019             2019 
                                                                                                                          Revenue         Capital             Total        Revenue           Capital              Total 
                                                                                                                              Return          Return                                Return           Return                      
                                                                                                                                £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

UK corporation tax at 19% (2019: 19%)                                  3,362       (3,149)          213         3,488       (3,484)              4  
Overseas taxation                                                                    2,606              —        2,606        2,729               –         2,729   

                                                                                           5,968       (3,149)        2,819        6,217       (3,484)       2,733  
(Over)/under provision in respect of prior years                         (406)               —         (406)         (866)             5         (861) 

                                                                                            5,562       (3,149)        2,413        5,351       (3,479)        1,872  
Deferred taxation                                                                       350              —           350              —               —               — 

Current tax charge for the year                                                 5,912       (3,149)        2,763        5,351       (3,479)       1,872 

b) Factors affecting total tax charge for the year 
The tax assessed for the year is lower (2019: lower) than the standard rate of corporate tax in the UK for a large company of 19% 
(2019: 19%). 

The difference is explained below: 

                                                                                                                                2020             2020             2020             2019             2019             2019 
                                                                                                                          Revenue         Capital             Total        Revenue           Capital              Total 
                                                                                                                              Return          Return                                Return           Return                      
                                                                                                                                £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Net profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation               52,306   (197,550)  (145,244)     51,605       62,472     114,077 

Corporation tax charge at 19% (2019:19%)                              9,938     (37,535)     (27,597)       9,805       11,870       21,675 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Effects of: 
Non taxable gains on investments                                                   —       29,187       29,187               –     (18,353)   (18,353) 
Currency movements not taxable                                                   —       (2,204)     (2,204)             –           374           374 
Tax relief on expenses charged to capital                                         —       (1,038)     (1,038)             –         (939)         (939) 
Non-taxable returns                                                                       —         8,566         8,566               –         3,492         3,492 
Non-taxable UK dividends                                                     (1,043)               —       (1,043)         (841)             –         (841) 
Non-taxable overseas dividends                                             (5,540)               —       (5,540)     (5,546)             –       (5,546) 
Overseas withholding taxes                                                      2,606               —        2,606         2,729                –         2,729 
(Over)/under provision in respect of prior years                         (406)               5          (401)         (866)             5         (861) 
Disallowable expenses                                                                 69           (43)           26             64           (27)           37 
Deferred tax not provided                                                           288            (87)          201               6             99           105 

                                                                                            5,912       (3,149)       2,763         5,351       (3,479)       1,872 

The Group has no deferred tax assets (2019: £1,106,000) arising as a result of losses carried forward. 

Due to the Company’s status as an Investment Trust, and the intention to continue meeting the conditions required to obtain 
approval for the forseeable future, the Company has not provided deferred tax on any capital gains arising on the revaluation or 
disposal of investments. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

79

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

8     Taxation continued 

c) Provision for deferred taxation 
The amounts for deferred taxation provided at 19% (2019: 19%) comprise: 

                                                                                                                                2020             2020             2020             2019             2019             2019 
                                                                                                                          Revenue         Capital             Total        Revenue           Capital              Total 
                                                                                                                              Return          Return                                Return           Return                      
            Group                                                                                                       £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Accelerated capital allowances                                                     108               —           108            107               –            107  
Unutilised losses carried forward                                                     —               —               —               –         (350)         (350) 

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

Shown as: 
Deferred tax liability/(asset)                                                         108               -           108           107         (350)         (243) 

                                                                                                                                2020             2020             2020             2019             2019             2019 
                                                                                                                          Revenue         Capital             Total        Revenue           Capital              Total 
                                                                                                                              Return          Return                                Return           Return                      
            Company                                                                                                 £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Accelerated capital allowances                                                     108               —           108           107               –           107 
Unutilised losses carried forward                                                     —               —               —               –         (350)         (350) 

Shown as: 
Deferred tax liability/(asset)                                                         108               —           108           107         (350)         (243) 

The movement in provision in the year is as follows: 

                                                                                                                                2020             2020             2020             2019             2019             2019 
                                                                                                                          Revenue         Capital             Total        Revenue           Capital              Total 
                                                                                                                              Return          Return                                Return           Return                      
            Group                                                                                                       £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Provision at the start of the year                                                   107          (350)         (243)          107         (350)         (243) 
Accelerated capital allowances                                                         1           350           351               –               –               – 

Provision at the end of the year                                                   108               —           108           107         (350)         (243) 

                                                                                                                                2020             2020             2020             2019             2019             2019 
                                                                                                                          Revenue         Capital             Total        Revenue           Capital              Total 
                                                                                                                              Return          Return                                Return           Return                      
            Company                                                                                                 £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Provision at the start of the year                                                   107          (350)         (243)          107         (350)         (243) 
Accelerated capital allowances                                                         1           350           351               –               –               – 

Provision at the end of the year                                                   108               —           108           107         (350)         (243) 

80               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

9     Earnings/(loss) per share 

Earnings/(loss) per Ordinary share 
The earnings/(loss) per Ordinary share can be analysed between revenue and capital, as below. 

                                                                                                                                                                                                  Year ended           Year ended 
                                                                                                                                                                                                      31 March              31 March 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            £’000                   £’000 

Net revenue profit                                                                                                                               46,394            46,254 
Net capital (loss)/profit                                                                                                                     (194,401)           65,951 

Net total (loss)/profit                                                                                                                       (148,007)         112,205 

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the year                                                          317,350,980    317,350,980 

                                                                                                                                                                                                          pence                   pence 

Revenue earnings per share                                                                                                                    14.62               14.58 
Capital (loss)/earnings per share                                                                                                           (61.26)             20.78 

(Loss)/earnings per Ordinary share                                                                                                        (46.64)             35.36 

The Group has no securities in issue that could dilute the return per Ordinary share. Therefore the basic and diluted return per 
Ordinary share are the same. 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

10   Investments held at fair value 

a) Analysis of investments 

                                                                                                                                                    Group             Company                   Group              Company 
                                                                                                                                                      2020                   2020                   2019                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                    £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Listed in the United Kingdom                                                                351,506          351,506           426,798           426,798 
Unlisted in the United Kingdom                                                                    682                 682                 377                 377 
Listed Overseas                                                                                    708,597           708,597           762,338           762,338 
Investment properties                                                                             94,510            94,510           101,929           101,929 

Investments held at fair value                                                             1,155,295       1,155,295       1,291,442       1,291,442 
Investments in subsidiaries at fair value                                                             —            50,429                     –            50,442 

                                                                                                     1,155,295       1,205,724       1,291,442       1,341,884 

b) Business segment reporting 

                                                                                                                                                                                                           Gross                   Gross 
                                                                                        Valuation                       Net                       Net             Valuation               revenue                revenue 
                                                                                        31 March             additions/         appreciation/             31 March             31 March             31 March 
                                                                                              2019            (disposals)       (depreciation)                   2020                   2020                   2019 
                                                                                              £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Listed investments                               1,189,136            30,388         (159,421)     1,060,103            46,964            44,682  
Unlisted investments                                     377                     —                305                 682                 148                  89  
Contracts for difference                              (3,210)           53,184           (41,276)             8,698               5,724              6,469  
Total return swap                                               —                     —             (3,808)           (3,808)                   —                     — 

Total investments segment                   1,186,303             83,572         (204,200)      1,065,675            52,836            51,240  
Direct property segment                          101,929           (12,921)             5,502            94,510              5,201              5,267   

                                                        1,288,232             70,651         (198,698)      1,160,185            58,037            56,507   

                TR Property Investment Trust

81

 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

10   Investments held at fair value continued 

b) Business segment reporting continued 
In seeking to achieve its investment objective, the Company invests in the shares and securities of property companies and 
property related businesses internationally and also in investment property located in the UK. The Company therefore considers 
that there are two distinct reporting segments, investments and direct property, which are used for evaluating performance and 
allocation of resources. The Board, which is the principal decision maker, receives information on the two segments on a regular 
basis. Whilst revenue streams and direct property costs can be attributed to the reporting segments, general administrative 
expenses cannot be split to allow a profit for each segment to be determined. The assets and gross revenues for each segment 
are shown above. 

The property costs included within note 3 are £1,984,000 (2019: £1,940,000) and deducting these costs from the direct 
property gross revenue above would result in net income of £3,217,000 (2019: £3,327,000) for the direct property reporting 
segment. 

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

c) Geographical segment reporting 

                                                                                                                                                                                                           Gross                   Gross 
                                                                                        Valuation                       Net                       Net             Valuation               revenue                revenue 
                                                                                        31 March             additions/         appreciation/             31 March             31 March              31 March 
                                                                                              2019            (disposals)       (depreciation)                   2020                   2020                   2019 
                                                                                              £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

UK listed equities and convertibles           426,798           (36,934)         (38,358)         351,506            16,963             13,371 
UK unlisted equities                                       377                     —                 305                 682                 148                   89 
UK direct property1                                 101,929           (12,921)             5,502            94,510              5,201              5,267 
Continental European listed equities         762,338             67,322         (121,063)         708,597            30,001             31,311 

                                                        1,291,442             17,467         (153,614)      1,155,295            52,313            50,038 
UK contracts for difference2                        (2,924)           20,414           (12,419)             5,071               2,714              3,635 
European contracts for difference2                 (286)           32,770           (28,857)             3,627              3,010              2,834 
UK total return swap3                                         —                     —             (3,808)           (3,808)                   —                     —  

                                                        1,288,232             70,651         (198,698)      1,160,185            58,037             56,507 

Included in the above figures are purchase costs of £460,000 (2019: £276,000) and sales costs of £199,000 (2019: 
£114,000). These comprise mainly stamp duty and commission. 

The Company received £367,977,000 (2019: £259,469,000) from investments, including direct property, sold in the year. The 
book cost of these investments when they were purchased was £317,581,000 (2019: £164,177,000). These investments have 
been revalued over time and until  they were sold any unrealised gains/losses were included in the fair value of the investments. 

1 Net additions/(disposals) includes £981,000 (2019: £1,496,000) of capital expenditure. Net appreciation/(depreciation) includes amounts in respect of 

rent free periods. 

2 Gross revenue for contracts for difference relates to dividends receivable, on an ex dividend basis, on the underlying positions held. The 

appreciation/(depreciation) in CFDs relates to the movement in fair value in the year. 

3 The depreciation in the TRS relates to the movement in fair value since inception. 

d) Substantial share interests 
The Group held interests in 3% or more of any class of capital in 8 companies (2019: 12 companies) we invest in. None of 
these investments is considered significant in the context of these financial statements. See note 21 on pages 95 and 96 for 
further details of subsidiary investments. 

82               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

10   Investments held at fair value continued 

e) Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are carried in the Balance Sheet either at their fair value (investments) or the balance sheet 
amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value (due from brokers, dividends and interest receivable, due to brokers, accruals 
and cash at bank). 

Fair value hierarchy disclosures 
Categorisation within the hierarchy has been determined on the basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value 
measurement of the relevant asset as follows: 

Level 1 – valued using quoted prices in an active market for identical assets. 

Level 2 – valued by reference to valuation techniques using observable inputs other than quoted prices within Level 1. 

Level 3 – valued by reference to valuation techniques using inputs that are not based on observable market data. 

The valuation techniques used by the Group are explained in the accounting policies in notes 1 (f) and 1 (g). 

The table below sets out fair value measurements using IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy. 

Financial assets/(liabilities) at fair value through profit or loss 

                                                                                                                                                  Level 1                 Level 2                 Level 3                    Total 
            At 31 March 2020                                                                                                     £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Equity investments                                                                            1,060,103                    —                682        1,060,785 
Investment properties                                                                                     —                    —            94,510            94,510 
Contracts for difference                                                                                   —             8,698                    —             8,698 
Total return swap                                                                                           —             (3,808)                   —             (3,808) 
Foreign exchange forward contracts                                                                 —             (5,609)                   —             (5,609) 

                                                                                                     1,060,103               (719)           95,192       1,154,576 

                                                                                                                                                  Level 1                 Level 2                 Level 3                    Total 
            At 31 March 2019                                                                                                       £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Equity investments                                                                             1,189,136                     –                 377       1,189,513 
Investment properties                                                                                      –                     –           101,929           101,929 
Contracts for difference                                                                                    –             (3,210)                   –             (3,210) 
Foreign exchange forward contracts                                                                 –              1,969                     –              1,969 

                                                                                                      1,189,136             (1,241)         102,306       1,290,201 

The table above represents the Group’s fair value hierarchy. The Company’s fair value hierarchy is identical except for the 
inclusion of the fair value of the investment in Subsidiaries which at 31 March 2020 was £50,429,000 (2019: £50,442,000). 
These have been categorised as level 3 in both years. The movement in the year of £13,000 (2019: £28,000) is the change in 
fair value in the year. The total financial assets at fair value for the Company at 31 March 2020 was £1,214,422,000 
(2019: £1,343,853,000). 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

                TR Property Investment Trust

83

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

10   Investments held at fair value continued 

e) Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities continued 

Reconciliation of movements in financial assets categorised as level 3 

                                                                                                                    31 March                                                                Appreciation/             31 March 
                                                                                                                        2019             Purchases                     Sales       (Depreciation)                   2020 
            At 31 March 2020                                                                         £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Unlisted equity investments                                                   377                     —                     —                305                682 

Investment Properties 
– Mixed use                                                                   54,962                 545             (3,619)               735            52,623 
– Office & Industrial                                                         46,967                 436           (10,283)             4,767            41,887 

                                                                                  101,929                 981           (13,902)             5,502            94,510 

                                                                                  102,306                 981           (13,902)             5,807            95,192 

All appreciation/(depreciation) as stated above relates to movements in fair value of unlisted equity investments and investment 
properties held at 31 March 2020. 

The Group held one unquoted investment at the year end (see 11.6 overleaf). 

Transfers between hierarchy levels  
There were no transfers during the year between any of the levels. 

Key assumptions used in value in use calculations are explained in the accounting policies in note 1(f). 

Sensitivity information for Investment Property Valuations 
The fair values of the properties are derived from an open market (Red Book) valuation of the properties on the Balance Sheet 
date by an independent firm of valuers (Knight Frank). For the valuation as at 31 March 2020, the valuers included a market 
uncertainty clause in their valuation as follows: 

“The outbreak of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19), declared by the World Health Organisation as a “Global Pandemic” on the 
11 March 2020, has impacted global financial markets. Travel restrictions have been implemented by many countries. In the UK, 
market activity is being impacted in all sectors. As at the valuation date, we consider that we can attach less weight to previous 
market evidence for comparison purposes, to inform opinions of value. Indeed, the current response to COVID-19 means that we 
are faced with an unprecedented set of circumstances on which to base a judgement. Our valuation is therefore reported on the 
basis of ‘material valuation uncertainty’ per VPGA 10 of the RICS Valuation – Global Standards. Consequently, less certainty – and 
a higher degree of caution – should be attached to our valuation than would normally be the case. Given the unknown future 
impact that COVID-19 might have on the real estate market, we recommend that you keep the valuation of these properties 
under frequent review.” 

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement categorised within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy of 
investment properties are: 

l   Estimated rental value: £6.5 – £65 per sq ft (2019: £5.0 – £50) 

l   Capitalisation rates: 2.0% – 6.0% (2019: 3.2% – 9.0%) 

Significant increases (decreases) in estimated rental value and rent growth in isolation would result in a significantly higher 
(lower) fair value measurement. A significant increase (decrease) in long-term vacancy rate in isolation would result in 
a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.  

There are interrelationships between the yields and rental values as they are partially determined by market rate conditions. 

The sensitivity of the valuation to changes in the most significant inputs per class of investment property are shown below: 

84               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

10   Investments held at fair value continued 
                                                                                                                                                              Office &                                                                      
            Estimated movement in fair value of investment                          Retail                   Industrial                         Other                           Total 
            properties at 31 March 2020 arising from                                       £’000                          £’000                          £’000                          £’000 

Increase in rental value by 5%                                                  1,300                    1,780                         —                   3,080  
Decrease in rental value by 5%                                               (1,225)                 (1,720)                         —                   (2,945) 
Increase in yield by 0.5%                                                        (5,025)                 (6,005)                    (950)               (11,980) 
Decrease in yield by 0.5%                                                        6,750                   9,355                   1,365                   17,470  

                                                                                                                                                             Office &                                                                      
            Estimated movement in fair value of investment                                      Retail                     Industrial                           Other                            Total 
            properties at 31 March 2019 arising from                                               £’000                          £’000                          £’000                          £’000 

Increase in rental value by 5%                                                     500                    2,075                          —                    2,575 
Decrease in rental value by 5%                                                  (575)                 (2,120)                         —                   (2,695) 
Increase in yield by 0.5%                                                        (5,425)                 (5,550)                   (960)               (11,935) 
Decrease in yield by 0.5%                                                        7,175                     7,650                   1,350                  16,175 

11   Financial Instruments 

Risk management policies and procedures 
The Group invests in equities and other instruments for the long term in the pursuit of the Investment Objective set out on 
page 24. The Group is exposed to a variety of risks that could result in either a reduction or an increase in the profits available for 
distribution by way of dividends. 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

The principal risks the Group faces in its portfolio management activities are: 

l   Market risk (comprising price risk, currency risk and interest rate risk). 

l   Liquidity risk. 

l   Credit risk. 

The Manager’s policies and processes for managing these risks are summarised on pages 28 to 31 and have been applied 
throughout the year. 

11.1   Market price risk 
By the very nature of its activities, the Group’s investments are exposed to market price fluctuations. 

Management of the risk 
The Manager runs a diversified portfolio and reports to the Board on the portfolio activity and performance at each Board 
meeting. The Board monitors the investment activity and strategy to ensure it is compatible with the stated objectives. 

The Group’s exposure to changes in market prices on its quoted equity investments, CFDs and investment property portfolio, was 
as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            £’000                   £’000 

Investments held at fair value                                                                                                          1,155,295       1,291,442 
CFD long gross exposure                                                                                                                       56,728           166,656 
TRS long gross exposure                                                                                                                         6,598                     — 

Concentration of exposure to price risks 
As set out in the Investment Policies on page 25, there are guidelines to the amount of exposure to a single company, 
geographical region or direct property. These guidelines ensure an appropriate spread of exposure to individual or sector price 
risks. As an investment company dedicated to investment in the property sector, the Group is exposed to price movements across 
the property asset class as a whole. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

85

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

11   Financial Instruments continued 

11.1   Market price risk continued 

Price risk sensitivity 
The following table illustrates the sensitivity of the profit after taxation for the year and the value of shareholders’ funds to an 
increase or decrease of 15% in the fair values of the Group’s equity, fixed interest, CFD and direct property investments. The level 
of change is consistent with the illustration shown in the previous year. The sensitivity is based on the Group’s equity, fixed 
interest, CFD and direct property exposure at each balance sheet date, with all other variables held constant. 

                                                                                                                                                      2020                   2020                   2019                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                Increase             Decrease               Increase               Decrease 
                                                                                                                                          in fair value         in fair value           in fair value           in fair value 
                                                                                                                                                    £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Statement of Comprehensive Income – profit after tax 
Revenue return                                                                                           (77)                 77                 (87)                 87 
Capital return                                                                                        173,817         (173,817)         193,000         (193,000) 

Change to the profit after tax for the year/shareholders’ funds                    173,740         (173,740)         192,913         (192,913) 

Change to total earnings per Ordinary share                                             54.75p           (54.75)p           60.79p             (60.79)p 

11.2   Currency risk 
A proportion of the Group’s portfolio is invested in overseas securities and their Sterling value can be significantly affected by 
movements in foreign exchange rates. 

Management of the risk 
The Board receives a report at each Board meeting on the proportion of the investment portfolio held in Sterling, Euros or other 
currencies. The Group may sometimes hedge foreign currency movements outside the Eurozone by funding investments in 
overseas securities with unsecured loans denominated in the same currency or through forward currency contracts. 

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

Cash deposits are held in Sterling and/or Euro denominated accounts. 

Foreign currency exposure 
At the reporting date the Group had the following exposure:  
(Sterling has been shown for reference) 

            Currency                                                                                                                                                                                   2020                   2019 

Sterling                                                                                                                                                27.0%             27.1% 
Euro                                                                                                                                                    53.0%             57.1% 
Swedish Krona                                                                                                                                      11.0%               9.6% 
Other                                                                                                                                                    9.0%               6.2% 

The following table sets out the Group’s total exposure to foreign currency risk and the net exposure to foreign currencies of the 
net monetary assets and liabilities: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                      Swedish                            
                                                                                                                                                Sterling                     Euro                  Krona                   Other 
            2020                                                                                                                             £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Receivables (due from brokers, dividends and other income receivable)      31,552             27,495                 634                 413   
Cash at bank and on deposit                                                                   25,602            11,922                 962              1,643 
Bank loans, loan notes and overdrafts                                                      (40,000)                   —                    —                    —  
Payables (due to brokers, accruals and other creditors)                               (8,026)           (6,076)                   —                    —  
FX forwards                                                                                        (133,731)           62,014            22,525            43,583 

Total foreign currency exposure on net monetary items                           (124,603)           95,355            24,121            45,639 
Investments held at fair value                                                                446,698           551,576          100,836            56,185 
Non-current liabilities                                                                             (15,108)         (44,246)                   —                    —  

Total currency exposure                                                                         306,987          602,685           124,957           101,824 

86               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

11   Financial Instruments continued 

11.2   Currency risk continued 

Foreign currency exposure continued 

                                                                                                                                                                                                        Swedish                            
                                                                                                                                                  Sterling                     Euro                   Krona                   Other 
            2019                                                                                                                             £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Receivables (due from brokers, dividends and other income receivable)        6,033            46,556                     –                334 
Cash at bank and on deposit                                                                     8,060             34,212              8,498              1,512 
Bank loans, loan notes and overdrafts                                                      (15,000)         (43,085)                   –                     – 
Payables (due to brokers, accruals and other creditors)                             (10,867)               (274)           (1,379)                   – 
FX forwards                                                                                        (157,239)         104,396                     –             54,812 

Total foreign currency exposure on net monetary items                           (169,013)         141,805               7,119            56,658 
Investments held at fair value                                                                 529,104           617,028           120,312            24,998 
Non-current assets                                                                                      243                     –                     –                     – 

Total currency exposure                                                                          360,334           758,833           127,431             81,656 

Foreign currency sensitivity 
The following table illustrates the sensitivity of the profit after tax for the year on the Group's equity in regard to the exchange 
rates for Sterling/Euro and Sterling/Swedish Krona and other currencies. 

It assumes the following changes in exchange rates:  
Sterling/Euro +/–15% (2019:15%). 
Sterling/Swedish Krona +/–15% (2019:15%). 
Sterling/Other +/–15% (2019:15%). 

If Sterling had strengthened against the currencies shown, this would have had the following effect: 

                                                                                                                                                Swedish                                                   Swedish 
                                                                                                                                Euro           Krona           Other              Euro             Krona             Other 
                                                                                                                                £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Year ended March 2020

Year ended March 2019 

Statement of Comprehensive Income – profit after tax 
Revenue return                                                                     (3,016)         (340)           (99)      (2,776)         (328)         (177) 
Capital return                                                                     (71,091)     (13,132)       (7,317)    (75,341)   (15,669)     (3,256) 

Change to the profit after tax for  
    the year/shareholders’ funds                                             (74,107)     (13,472)       (7,416)    (78,117)    (15,997)     (3,433) 

                                                                                                                                                                          2020                                                       2019 

Change to total earnings per Ordinary share                                                              (29.93)p                                       (30.74)p 

If Sterling had weakened against the currencies shown, this would have had the following effect: 

                                                                                                                                                Swedish                                                   Swedish 
                                                                                                                                Euro           Krona           Other              Euro             Krona             Other 
                                                                                                                                £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Year ended March 2020

Year ended March 2019 

Statement of Comprehensive Income – profit after tax 
Revenue return                                                                       4,971           423           113         4,596           401           233 
Capital return                                                                         97,685       17,780        9,909     108,472       21,214         4,407 

Change to the profit after tax for the year/shareholders’ 
    funds                                                                             102,656       18,203       10,022     113,068       21,615         4,640 

                                                                                                                                                                          2020                                                       2019 

Change to total earnings per Ordinary share                                                                  41.24p                                       43.90p 

                TR Property Investment Trust

87

 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

11   Financial Instruments continued 

11.3   Interest rate risk 
Interest rate movements may affect: 

l   the fair value of any investments in fixed interest securities; 

l   the fair value of the loan notes; 

l   the level of income receivable from cash at bank and on deposit; 

l   the level of interest expense on any variable rate bank loans; and 

l   the prices of the underlying securities held in the portfolios. 

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

Management of the risk 
The possible effects on fair value and cash flows that could arise as a result of changes in interest rates are taken into account 
when making investment decisions. Property companies usually have borrowings themselves and the level of gearing and 
structure of its debt portfolio is a key factor when assessing the investment in a property company. 

The Group has fixed and has had variable rate borrowings during the year. The interest rates on the loan notes is fixed, details are 
set out in note 13. In addition to the loan notes the Group has unsecured, multi-currency revolving loan facilities which carry 
variable rates of interest based on the currencies drawn, plus a margin. These facilities total £110,000,000 (2019: £65,000,000). 

The Manager considers both the level of debt on the balance sheet of the Group (i.e. the loan notes and any bank loans drawn) 
and the “see-through” gearing, taking into account the assets and liabilities of the underlying investments, when considering the 
investment portfolio. These gearing levels are reported regularly to the Board. 

The majority of the Group’s investment portfolio is non-interest bearing. As a result the Group’s financial assets are not directly 

subject to significant amounts of risk due to fluctuations in the prevailing levels of market interest rates. 

Interest rate exposure 
The exposure at 31 March of financial assets and financial liabilities to interest rate risk is shown by reference to: 

l   floating interest rates: when the interest rate is due to be re-set. 

l   fixed interest rates: when the financial instrument is due to be repaid. 

The Group’s exposure to floating interest rates on assets is £79,651,000 (2019: £92,415,000) 

The Group’s exposure to fixed interest rates on liabilities is £99,246,000 (2019: £58,085,000) 

The Group’s exposure to floating interest rates on liabilities is £nil (2019: nil) 

Interest receivable and finance costs are at the following rates: 

l   Interest received on cash balances, or paid on bank overdrafts, is at a margin over LIBOR or its foreign currency equivalent (2019: same). 

l   Interest paid on borrowings under the multi-currency loan facilities, is at a margin over LIBOR or its foreign currency equivalent 

for the type of loan (2019: same). 

l   The finance charges on the €50m and £15m loan notes are at interest rates of 1.92% and 3.59% respectively. 
The year end amounts are not representative of the exposure to interest rates during the year as the level of exposure changes as 
investments are made in fixed interest securities, borrowings are drawn down and repaid, and the mix of borrowings between 
floating and fixed interest rates changes. 

Interest rate sensitivity 
A change of 2% on interest rates at the reporting date would have had the following direct impact: 

                                                                                                                                                      2020                   2020                   2019                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                        2%                       2%                       2%                       2% 
                                                                                                                                                Increase             Decrease               Increase               Decrease 
                                                                                                                                                    £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Change to shareholders’ funds                                                                    (317)               317                 556               (556) 
Change to total earnings per Ordinary share                                                (0.10)p           0.10p             0.18p               (0.18)p 

This level of change is not representative of the year as a whole, since the exposure changes throughout the period. This 
assessment does not take into account the impact of interest rate changes on the market value of the investments the Group 
holds. 

88               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

11   Financial Instruments continued 

11.4   Liquidity risk 
Unquoted investments in the portfolio are subject to liquidity risk. The Group held one unquoted investment at the year end 
(see 11.6 below). 

In certain market conditions, the liquidity of direct property investments may be reduced. At 31 March 2020, 8% (2019: 7%) of 
the Group’s investment portfolio was held in direct property investments. 

At 31 March 2020, 92% (2019: 93%) of the Group’s investment portfolio is held in listed securities which are predominantly 
readily realisable. 

Bank loan facilities are short term revolving loans which it is intended are renewed or replaced but renewal cannot be certain. 

The table shows the timing of cash outflows to settle the Group's current liabilities together with anticipated interest costs. 

Debt and Financing maturity profile: 

                                                                                                        Within          Within          Within          Within          Within    More than 
                                                                                                          1 year      1-2 years      2-3 years      3-4 years      4-5 years         5 years             Total 
            At 31 March 2020                                                         £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Bank loans*                                                         40,000              —               —               —               —               —      40,000  
Loan notes                                                                  —              —               —               —               —       59,246      59,246 
Projected interest cash flows on bank and  
    loan notes                                                         1,388         1,388         1,388         1,388         1,388         4,081      11,021 
Accruals and deferred income                                 3,812               —               —               —               —               —         3,812 
Other creditors                                                         294               —               —               —               —               —           294 

                                                                        45,494         1,388         1,388         1,388         1,388       63,327     114,373 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

                                                                                                          Within           Within           Within           Within           Within      More than 
                                                                                                          1 year       1-2 years       2-3 years       3-4 years       4-5 years           5 years              Total 
            At 31 March 2019                                                            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000            £’000 

Bank loans                                                                   –               –               –               –               –               –               – 
Loan notes                                                                   –               –               –               –               –       58,085      58,085 
Projected interest cash flows on bank and  
    loan notes                                                         1,366         1,366         1,366         1,366         1,366        5,423      12,253 
Accruals and deferred income                                 7,440               –               –               –               –               –         7,440 
Other creditors                                                         392               –               –               –               –               –           392 

                                                                          9,198         1,366         1,366         1,366         1,366       63,508       78,170 

*  A £40m multicurrency facility with RBS was renewed for one year in January 2020 and extended to £60m in February 2020. £10m (2019: £nil) was drawn 
on this facility at the balance sheet date. A £30m one year facility with ING Luxembourg was renewed in July 2019. £30m (2019: £nil) was drawn on this 
facility at the balance sheet date. A new £20m facility was arranged with ICBC in November 2019. £nil was drawn on this facility at the balance sheet date. 

Management of the risk 
The Manager sets guidelines for the maximum exposure of the portfolio to unquoted and direct property investments. These are 
set out in the Investment Policies on page 25. All unquoted investments with a value over £1m and direct property investments 
with a value over £5m must be approved by the Board for purchase. 

The Company maintains regular contact with the banks providing revolving facilities and renewal discussions commence well ahead 
of facility renewal dates. In addition the Company is exploring new opportunities for the provision of debt on an ongoing basis. 

11.5   Credit risk 
The failure of a counterparty to a transaction to discharge its obligations under that transaction could result in the Group suffering 
a loss. At the period end the largest counterparty risk, which the Group was exposed to was within Debtors and Cash and cash 
equivalents where the total bank balances held with two counterparties was £46,731,000 (2019: £41,620,000 one counterparty). 

Management of the risk 
Investment transactions are carried out with a number of brokers, whose credit standing is reviewed periodically by the Manager, 
and limits are set on the amount that may be due from any one broker. Cash at bank is only held with banks with high quality 
external credit ratings. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

89

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

11   Financial Instruments continued 

11.5   Credit risk continued 

Credit risk exposure
In summary, compared to the amounts in the Balance Sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 March was as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                      2020                   2020                   2019                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                Balance           Maximum                 Balance             Maximum 
                                                                                                                                                    Sheet             exposure                   Sheet               exposure 
                                                                                                                                                    £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Debtors                                                                                                60,094            60,094            54,892            54,892  
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                      40,129            40,129            52,282            52,282  

                                                                                                        100,223          100,223           107,174           107,174 

Offsetting disclosures 
In order to better define its contractual rights and to secure rights that will help the Group mitigate its counterparty risk, the Group 
may enter into an ISDA Master Agreement or similar agreement with its OTC derivative contract counterparties. An ISDA Master 
Agreement is an agreement between the Group and the counterparty that governs OTC derivatives and foreign exchange 
contracts and typically contains, among other things, collateral posting terms and netting provisions in the event of a default 
and/or termination event. Under an ISDA Master Agreement, the Group has a contractual right to offset with the counterparty 
certain derivative financial instruments payables and/or receivables with collateral held and/or posted and create one single net 
payment in the event of default including the bankruptcy or insolvency of the counterparty. However, bankruptcy or insolvency 
laws of a particular jurisdiction may impose restrictions on or prohibitions against the right of offset in bankruptcy, insolvency or 
other events. 

The disclosures set out in the following table include financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to an enforceable 
master netting arrangement or similar agreement. 

At 31 March 2020 and 2019, the Group’s derivative assets and liabilities (by type and counterparty) are as follows: 

                                                                                                                                    Net amounts of                                Net amounts of 
                                                                                                                                                financial                                           financial 
                                                                                                                                  assets/(liabilities)                               assets/(liabilities) 
                                                                                                                                              presented                                         presented  
                                                                                                                                                    in the                    Cash                   in the                     Cash 
                                                                                                                                                Balance             collateral                 Balance               collateral 
                                                                                                                                                    Sheet               pledged                   Sheet                pledged 
                                                                                                                                                    £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Year ended 2020

Year ended 2019 

CFD positions: 
Goldman Sachs                                                                                        8,698            31,525                     —                     —  
ING                                                                                                               —                    —            (3,210)           40,133   

                                                                                                            8,698            31,525            (3,210)           40,133  

TRS position: 
ING                                                                                                       (3,808)              7,997                     —                     —   

                                                                                                           (3,808)              7,997                     —                     —  

FX forward contracts: 
Bank of Montreal                                                                                    (2,582)                   —                    —                     —  
Barclays                                                                                                  (2,398)                   —              1,440                    –  
BNP Paribas                                                                                               (620)                   —                 (33)                   –  
CIBC                                                                                                             —                    —                651                    –  
JP Morgan                                                                                                     —                    —                (112)                   –  
Societe Generale                                                                                           —                    —                  23                    – 
Westpac                                                                                                        (9)                   —                    —                    —  

                                                                                                          (5,609)                   —              1,969                     – 

90               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

11   Financial Instruments continued 

11.6   Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities 
Except for the loan notes which are measured at amortised cost (refer to Note 13), the fair values of the financial assets and 
financial liabilities are either carried in the balance sheet at their fair value (investments) or the balance sheet amount is a 
reasonable approximation of fair value (debtors, creditors, cash at bank and bank overdrafts, accruals and prepayments). 

The fair values of the listed investments are derived from the closing price or last traded price at which the securities are quoted 
on the London Stock Exchange and other recognised exchanges. 

The fair value of contracts for difference are based on the underlying listed investment value as set out above and the amount 
due from or to the counterparty under the contract is recorded as an asset or liability accordingly, which is disclosed in Note 13 
for the current year. 

The fair values of the properties are derived from an open market (Red Book) valuation of the properties on the Balance Sheet 
date by an independent firm of valuers (Knight Frank). The external valuation of the portfolio at 31 March 2020 contains a 
material uncertainty clause from Knight Frank, which is in line with the RICS guidance to valuers and reflects the increased 
difficulty in determining asset values when few, if any, comparable transactions have occurred in the current environment. 
Consequently less certainty can be attached to the valuation than would otherwise be the case. Details are set out in note 10 e). 

There was one unquoted investment at the Balance Sheet date, Atrato, with a total value of £682,000 (2019: Atrato, £377,000).  

The amounts of change in fair value for investments including net returns on CFDs and TRS recognised in the profit or loss for the 
year was a loss of £198,698,000 (2019: profit of £78,214,000). 

11.7   Capital management policies and procedures 
The Group’s capital management objectives are: 

l   to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern; and 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

l   to maximise the total return to its equity shareholders through an appropriate balance of equity capital and debt. 

The equity capital of the Group at 31 March 2020 consisted of called up share capital, share premium, capital redemption and 
revenue reserves totalling £1,136,453,000 (2019: £1,328,254,000). The Group does not regard the loan notes and loans as 
permanent capital.  

The loan notes agreement requires compliance with a set of financial covenants, including: 

l   Total Borrowings shall not exceed 33% of Adjusted Net Asset Value;  

l   the Adjusted Total Assets shall at all times be equivalent to a minimum of 300% of Total Borrowings; and 

l   the Adjusted NAV shall not be less than £260,000,000. 

12   Debtors 
                                                                                                                                                    Group             Company                   Group              Company 
                                                                                                                                                      2020                   2020                   2019                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                    £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Amounts falling due within one year:                                            
Securities and properties sold for future settlement                                     5,020              5,020              3,603              3,603 
Tax recoverable                                                                                        1,414              1,292              1,296               1,174 
Prepayments and accrued income1                                                           5,082             5,082              5,666              5,666 
Foreign exchange forward contracts for settlement                                             —                    —              1,969              1,969 
Amounts receivable in respect of Contracts for Difference                            8,698             8,698                     –                     – 
CFD margin cash                                                                                   31,525            31,525             40,133             40,133 
TRS margin cash                                                                                       7,997               7,997                     –                     – 
Other debtors                                                                                             358                 358              2,225              2,225 

                                                                                                          60,094             59,972            54,892             54,770 

Non-current assets 
Deferred taxation asset                                                                                   —                    —                 243                 243 

1 Includes amounts in respect of rent free periods. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

91

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

13   Current and non-current liabilities 
                                                                                                                                                    Group             Company                   Group              Company 
                                                                                                                                                      2020                   2020                   2019                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                    £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Bank loans and overdrafts                                                                       40,000            40,000                    –                     – 
Securities and properties purchased for future settlement                             5,975              5,975               1,474              1,474 
Amounts due to subsidiaries                                                                           —            50,342                    –             50,359 
Amounts payable in respect of Contracts for Difference                                     —                    —              3,210               3,210 
Amounts payable in respect of Total Return Swap                                      3,808             3,808                    —                     — 
Tax payable                                                                                                213                 213                    4                     4 
Accruals and deferred income                                                                   3,812               3,783              7,359               7,324 
Foreign exchange forward contracts for settlement                                      5,609             5,609                     —                     — 
Other creditors                                                                                            294                 286                 473                 467 

                                                                                                           59,711           110,016             12,520            62,838 

Non-current liabilities 
1.92% Euro Loan Notes 2026                                                                 44,246            44,246            43,085            43,085  
3.59% GBP Loan Notes 2031                                                                 15,000            15,000            15,000            15,000  
Deferred taxation                                                                                        108                 108                     —                     — 

                                                                                                          59,354            59,354            58,085            58,085 

Loan Notes 
On the 10 February 2016, the Company issued 1.92% Unsecured Euro 50,000,000 Loan Notes and 3.59% Unsecured GBP 
15,000,000 Loan Notes which are due to be redeemed at par on the 10 February 2026 and 10 February 2031 respectively. 

The fair value of the 1.92% Euro Loan Notes was £44,418,000 (2019: £43,255,000) and the 3.59% GBP Loan Notes was 
£15,553,000 (2019: £15,373,000) at 31 March 2020. Using the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy the Loan Notes are deemed to be 
categorised within Level 2. 

The loan notes agreement requires compliance with a set of financial covenants, including: 

l   Total Borrowings shall not exceed 33% of Adjusted Net Asset Value;  

l   the Adjusted Total Assets shall at all times be equivalent to a minimum of 300% of Total Borrowings; and 

l   the Adjusted NAV shall not be less than £260,000,000. 

The Company and Group complied with the terms of the loan notes agreement throughout the year. 

Multi-currency revolving loan facilities 

The Group also had unsecured, multi-currency, revolving short-term loan facilities totalling £110,000,000 (2019: £65,000,000) at 
31 March 2020. At 31 March 2020 £40,000,000 was drawn on these facilities (2019: £nil).  

The maturity of these facilities is shown in notes 11.3 and 11.4. 

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities 

                                                                                                                                                                        Long term          Short term   
                                                                                                                                                                                  debt                     debt                    Total 
            Group and Company                                                                                                                               £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Opening liabilities from financing activities at 31 March 2019                                           58,085                    —            58,085 
Cash flows: 
Drawdown of bank loans                                                                                                        —            40,000            40,000 
Movement on foreign exchange                                                                                       1,161                    —              1,161 

Closing liabilities from financing activities at 31 March 2020                                              59,246            40,000            99,246 

92               TR Property Investment Trust

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

13   Current and non-current liabilities continued 

Net debt 
Net debt includes the value of the loan notes, loans, the notional exposure to CFDs and TRS, less cash (including cash collateral 
held by the CFD and TRS providers which are shown as debtors in the Financial Statements) as a proportion of equity 
shareholders’ funds. 

The net gearing has been calculated as follows: 

                                                                                                                                                                                                          Group                   Group 
                                                                                                                                                                                                              2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            £’000                   £’000 

Loan notes                                                                                                                                        59,246            58,085  
Loans                                                                                                                                               40,000                     –  
CFD positions (notional exposure)                                                                                                        56,728           166,656  
TRS position (notional exposure)                                                                                                         10,405                     — 
Less: Cash                                                                                                                                       (40,129)         (52,282) 
Less: Cash collateral (included within ‘Other debtors’ in Note 12)                                                         (39,522)         (40,133) 

                                                                                                                                                        86,728          132,326  

Equity shareholders’ funds                                                                                                               1,136,453       1,328,254  
Net gearing                                                                                                                                          7.6%             10.0% 

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

14   Called up share capital 

Ordinary share capital 
The balance classified as Ordinary share capital includes the nominal value proceeds on the issue of the Ordinary equity share 
capital comprising Ordinary shares of 25p. 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Issued, allotted  
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              and fully paid 
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Number                   £’000 

Ordinary shares of 25p 
At 1 April 2019                                                                                                                           317,350,980            79,338  

At 31 March 2020                                                                                                                       317,350,980             79,338  

The voting rights are disclosed in the Report of the Directors on page 41. 

During the year, the Company made no market purchases for cancellation of Ordinary shares of 25p each (2019: none). 

Since 31 March 2020 no Ordinary shares have been purchased and cancelled. 

15   Share premium account and capital redemption reserve 

Share premium account 
The balance classified as share premium includes the premium above nominal value from the proceeds on issue of the equity 
share capital comprising Ordinary shares of 25p. 

Capital redemption reserve 
The capital redemption reserve is used to record the amount equivalent to the nominal value of purchases of the Company’s own 
shares in order to maintain the Company’s capital. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

93

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

16   Retained earnings 
                                                                                                                                                    Group             Company                   Group              Company 
                                                                                                                                                      2020                   2020                   2019                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                    £’000                   £’000                   £’000                   £’000 

Investment holding gains                                                                        206,072          238,531          402,635           435,107 
Realised capital reserves                                                                       691,148          664,465          688,986          662,303 

                                                                                                         897,220          902,996       1,091,621        1,097,410 
Revenue reserve                                                                                     72,762            66,986             70,162             64,373 

                                                                                                        969,982          969,982       1,161,783       1,161,783 

Group investment holding gains at 31 March 2020 include a £643,000 loss (2019: £955,000 loss) relating to unlisted 
investments and gains of £51,882,000 (2019: £45,164,000) relating to investment properties. 

Company investment holding gains at 31 March 2020 include gains of £83,697,000 (2019: £76,680,000) relating to unlisted 
and subsidiary investments with a £50,742,000 revaluation gain (2019: £44,024,000 gain) relating to investment properties. 
Dividends are only distributable from the revenue reserve. 

17   Dividends 
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Year ended           Year ended 
                                                                                                                                                                                                      31 March              31 March 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            £’000                   £’000 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:    
Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2019 of 8.60p 
    (2018: 7.55p) per Ordinary share                                                                                                        27,292            23,960 
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020 of 5.20p  
    (2019: 4.90p) per Ordinary share                                                                                                     16,502             15,550 

                                                                                                                                                           43,794             39,510 

Amounts not recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year: 
Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020 of 8.80p 
    (2019: 8.60p) per Ordinary share                                                                                                      27,927             27,292 

The final dividend has not been included as a liability in these financial statements in accordance with IAS 10 “Events after the 
Balance Sheet Date”. 

Set out below is the total dividend to be paid in respect of the year. This is the basis on which the requirements of s.1158 of the 
Corporation Tax Act 2010 are considered. 

                                                                                                                                                                                                  Year ended           Year ended 
                                                                                                                                                                                                      31 March              31 March 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            2020                    2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            £’000                   £’000 

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020 of 5.20p 
    (2019: 4.90p) per Ordinary share                                                                                                     16,502             15,550 
Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2020 of 8.80p 
    (2019: 8.60p) per Ordinary share                                                                                                      27,927             27,292 

                                                                                                                                                          44,429            42,842 

94               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

18   Company Statement of Comprehensive Income 

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has not presented its own Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. The net loss after taxation of the Company dealt with in the accounts of the Group was 
£148,006,000 (2019: £112,205,000 profit) 

19   Net asset value per Ordinary share 

Net asset value per Ordinary share is based on the net assets attributable to Ordinary shares of £1,136,453,000 (2019: 
£1,328,254,000) and on 317,350,980 (2019: 317,350,980) Ordinary shares in issue at the year end.  

20   Commitments and contingent liabilities 

At 31 March 2020 the Group had capital commitments of £132,000 (2019: 337,000) but no contingent liabilities (2019: nil). 

21   Subsidiaries 

The Group has the following subsidiaries, all of which are registered and operating in Scotland, England and Wales: 

            Name                                                                                       Reg. Number                                                       Principal activity 

New England Properties Limited                                             788895                                                     Non-trading company 
The Colonnades Limited                                                         2826672                                                   Non-trading company 
Showart Limited                                                                    2500726                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties Residential Developments Limited           2365875                                                   Non-trading company 
The Property Investment Trust Ltd                                            2415846                                                   Non-trading company 
The Real Estate Investment Trust Limited                                  2416015                                                   Non-trading company 
The Terra Property Investment Trust Limited                              2415843                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Property Investment Trust Limited                          2416017                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Five) Limited                          2415839                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Six) Limited                            2416018                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Seven) Limited                       2415836                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Eight) Limited                         2416019                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Nine) Limited                         2415833                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Ten) Limited                          2416021                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Eleven) Limited                      2415830                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Twelve) Limited                      2416022                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Thirteen) Limited                    2415818                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Fourteen) Limited                   2416024                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Fifteen) Limited                      2416026                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Sixteen) Limited                      2415806                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Seventeen) Limited                2416027                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Eighteen) Limited                    2415768                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Bayswater) Limited                               2416030                                                     Property investment 
Trust Union Properties (Cardiff) Limited                                    2415772                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Theale) Limited                                   2416031                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Twenty-Two) Limited                2415765                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties (Number Twenty-Three) Limited             2416036                                                   Non-trading company 
Skillion Finance Limited                                                          2420758                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Finance (1991) Plc                                              2663561                                                     Investment financing 
FGH Developments Limited                                                   1481476                                                   Non-trading company 
FGH Developments (Aberdeen) Limited (E18030)                  SC68799                                                   Non-trading company 
FGH (Newcastle) Limited                                                       1466619                                                   Non-trading company 
NEP (1994) Limited                                                              977481                                                     Non-trading company 

                TR Property Investment Trust

95

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

continued

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
I
F

21   Subsidiaries continued 
            Name                                                                                       Reg. Number                                                       Principal activity 

New England Developments Limited                                       1385909                                                   Non-trading company 
New England Investments Limited                                          2613905                                                   Non-trading company 
New England Retail Properties Limited                                    1447221                                                   Non-trading company 
New England (Southern) Limited                                            1787371                                                   Non-trading company 
Sapco One Limited                                                                803940                                                     Non-trading company 
Trust Union Properties Limited                                                 2134624                                                   Non-trading company 
Trust Union Finance Limited                                                    1233998                       Investment holding and finance company 
TR Property Finance Limited                                                   2415941                       Investment holding and finance company 
Trust Union Properties (South Bank) Limited                             2420097                                                   Non-trading company 

The Company has provided a guarantee for each of these subsidiaries in order for them to take the exemption from the 
requirement of an audit, in line with the requirements of S.479A of the Companies Act 2006. 

All the subsidiaries are fully owned and all the holdings are ordinary shares. 

All companies have the registered office of 11-12 Hanover Street, London, W1S 1YQ with the exception of FGH Developments 
(Aberdeen) Limited which is registered to 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh EH3 9BY. 

22   Related party transactions disclosures 

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on 
consolidation. The balances are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand. 

Amounts due by the Company to subsidiaries per note 13. 

                                                                                                                                                                                                             2020                   2019 
                                                                                                                                                                                                             £’000                   £’000 

The Colonnades Limited                                                                                                                     22,619             22,619 

TR Property Finance Limited                                                                                                                 27,743             27,760 

New England Properties Limited                                                                                                                (20)                 (20) 

                                                                                                                                                       50,342             50,359 

Remuneration of key management personnel 
The remuneration of the directors, who are the key management personnel of the Company for each of the relevant categories 
specified in IAS 24: Related Party Disclosures is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 55 
to 57. 

Directors’ transactions 
Transactions in shares by directors are considered to be a related party transaction due to the nature of their role as directors. 
Movements in directors’ shareholdings are disclosed within the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 57. 

Dividends totalling £10,000 (2019: £11,000) were paid in the year in respect of shares held by the Company's directors. 

96               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
Glossary and AIFMD disclosure

1.0   Alternative Performance Measures 

Alternative Performance Measures are numerical measures of the Company’s current or historical performance, financial position 
or cash flows, other than the financial measures defined or specified in the Financial Statements. 

The measures defined below are considered to be Alternative Performance Measures. They are viewed as particularly relevant 
and are frequently quoted for closed ended investment companies. 

Total Return 
The NAV Total Return is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the assets of the Company from the relevant ex-dividend date. 
Dividends are deemed to be reinvested on the ex-dividend date as this is the protocol used by the Company’s benchmark and 
other indices. The Share Price Total Return is calculated by reinvesting the dividends in the shares of the Company from the 
relevant ex-dividend date. 

Net Debt 
Net debt is the total value of loan notes, loans (including notional exposure to CFDs and TRSs) less cash as a proportion of net 
asset value. The calculation is set out in note 13 to the Financial Statements. 

Ongoing Charges 
The Ongoing Charges ratio has been calculated in accordance with the guidance issued by the AIC as the total of investment 
management fees and administrative expenses expressed as a percentage of the average Net Asset Values throughout the year. 
The definition of administrative expenses does include property related expenses, the Ongoing Charges calculation is shown 
inclusive and exclusive of these expenses to allow comparison of the direct administrative and management charges with the 
majority of Investment Trusts which do not hold any direct property investments. 

The Ongoing charges ratio provided in the Company’s Key Information Document is calculated in line with the PRIIPs regulations 
which is different to the AIC methodology above. 

Key Performance Indicators 
The Board assesses the performance of the Manager in meeting the Trust’s objective against a number of Key Performance 
Indicators,  these are considered to be Alternative Performance Measures. These are set out on pages 26 and 27 of this report 
together with information about any calculations or the source of data. 

G
L
O
S
S
A
R
Y

A
N
D
A
I
F
M
D
D
S
C
L
O
S
U
R
E

I

                TR Property Investment Trust

97

 
 
 
Glossary and AIFMD disclosure 

continued

2.0  Glossary of Terms and Definitions 

AIFMD                                                    The Alternative Fund Managers Directive is European legislation which created a 
European wide framework for regulating the managers of “alternative investment 
funds” (AIFs). It is designed to regulate any fund which is not a UCITS (Undertakings 
for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities) fund and which is managed or 
marketed in the EU.  

AIC                                                         The Association of Investment Companies – the AIC is the representative body for 
closed-ended investment companies. 

Alternative Performance Measure               A financial measure of financial performance or financial position other than a financial 

measure defined or specified in the accounting statements. 

Discount                                                 The amount by which the market price of a share of an investment trust is lower than 

the Net Asset Value per share expressed as a percentage of the NAV per share. 

Key Information Document                       Under the PRIIPs Regulations a short, consumer friendly Key Information Document is 

required setting out the key features, risks, rewards and costs of the PRIIP and is 
intended to assist investors to better understand the Trust and make comparisons 
between Trusts. 

                                                            The document includes estimates of investment performance under a number of 

scenarios. These calculations are prescribed by the regulation and are based purely on 
recent historical data. It is important for investors to note that there is no judgement 
applied and these do not in any way reflect the Board or Manager’s views. 

Key Performance Indicator “KPI”                 A “KPI” is a quantifiable measure that evaluates how successful the trust is in meeting 

its objectives. The Trust’s KPIs are discussed on pages 26 and 27. 

MiFID                                                     The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive is the EU legislation that regulates firms 

who provide services to clients linked to “financial instruments” (shares, bonds, units 
in collective investment schemes and derivatives) and the venues where those 
instruments are traded. 

Net Asset Value (NAV) per share               The value of total assets less liabilities (including borrowings) divided by the number 

of shares in issue. 

I

E
R
U
S
O
L
C
S
D
D
M
F
I
A
D
N
A

Y
R
A
S
S
O
L
G

98               TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
 
Glossary and AIFMD disclosure 

continued

3.0   Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (“AIFMD”) 

In accordance with the AIFMD, information in relation to the Company’s leverage and remuneration of the Company’s AIFM, 
F&C Investment Business Limited, is required to be made available to investors. Detailed regulatory disclosures including those on 
the AIFM’s remuneration policy are available on the F&C website or from F&C on request. The numerical remuneration disclosures 
in relation to the AIFM’s first relevant accounting period will be made available in due course. 

Leverage 
Under the AIFM Directive, it is necessary for AIFs to disclose their leverage in accordance with prescribed calculations. 

Although leverage is often used as another term for gearing, under the AIFMD leverage is specifically defined. Two types of 
leverage calculations are defined; the gross and commitment methods. These methods summarily express leverage as a ratio of 
the exposure of the AIF against its net asset value. ‘Exposure’ typically includes debt, the value of any physical properties subject 
to mortgage, non-Sterling currency, equity or currency hedging at absolute notional values (even those held purely for risk 
reduction purposes, such as forward foreign exchange contracts held for currency hedging) and derivative exposure (converted 
into the equivalent underlying positions). The commitment method nets off derivative instruments, while the gross method 
aggregates them. 

The table below sets out the current maximum permitted limit and the actual level of leverage for the Company as at 31 March 
2020: 

            Leverage exposure                                                       Gross method                                 Commitment method 

Maximum permitted limit                                           200%                                           200% 
Actual                                                                       122%                                           124% 

The leverage limits are set by the AIFM and approved by the Board and are in line with the limits set out in the Company’s 
Articles of Association. 

This should not be confused with the gearing set out in the Financial Highlights which is calculated under the traditional method 
set out by the Association of Investment Companies. The AIFM is also required to comply with the gearing parameters set by the 
Board in relation to borrowings.

G
L
O
S
S
A
R
Y

A
N
D
A
I
F
M
D
D
S
C
L
O
S
U
R
E

I

                TR Property Investment Trust

99

 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting

THIS NOTICE IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR 
IMMEDIATE ATTENTION 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH UK GOVERNMENT PUBLIC HEALTH 
GUIDELINES RELATING TO COVID-19, SHAREHOLDERS 
SHOULD NOT ATTEND THE AGM IN PERSON THIS YEAR. 

If you are in any doubt as to the action you should take you should 
seek your own advice from a stockbroker, solicitor, accountant or 
other independent professional adviser. 

If you have sold or otherwise transferred all of your shares, please 
pass this document, together with the accompanying documents 
to the purchaser, or transferee, or to the person who arranged the 
sale or transfer so they can pass these documents to the person 
who now holds the shares. 

COVID-19 PANDEMIC  

As at the date of this document, the UK Government has 
prohibited large public gatherings, save in certain limited 
circumstances. In light of these measures and in order to protect 
the health and safety of the TR Property Investment Trust plc’s (the 
“Company”) shareholders and directors, we hope that 
shareholders will understand that the Company’s Annual 
General Meeting (“AGM”) will be run as a closed meeting. 
Shareholders will not be able to attend in person. Instead, 
the Company will make arrangements to ensure that the legal 
requirements to hold the meeting can be satisfied through the 
attendance of two shareholders constituting the minimum quorum 
for the AGM. The format of the AGM will be purely functional and 
will comprise only the formal votes of the AGM resolutions, without 
any business update or Q&A. 

Shareholders are therefore strongly encouraged to submit 
a proxy vote in advance of the meeting. A form of proxy for 
use at the AGM is enclosed with this document. To be valid, the 
form of proxy should be completed, signed and returned in 
accordance with the instructions printed thereon, as soon as 
possible, and in any event, to reach the Company’s registrars, 
Computershare Investor Services PLC, no later than 2.30 p.m. on 
Friday, 24 July 2020 or, in the event of an adjournment, not less 
than 48 hours (excluding non-working days) before the time fixed 
for the adjourned meeting. 

Given the restrictions on attendance set out above, shareholders 
are strongly encouraged to appoint the “Chair of the 
meeting” as their proxy, rather than a named person who will 
not be permitted to attend the meeting. All resolutions will be 
decided by way of a poll so that the votes of shareholders who do 
not attend in person will be counted. 

In light of the restrictions outlined above and to ensure shareholders 
still have an opportunity to engage with the Company’s 
management, the Investment Manager will post a webcast in the 
format of the usual presentation held at the AGM, on the website 
www.trproperty.com on Wednesday 1 July. This will cover the results 

100             TR Property Investment Trust

to 31 March 2020 and an update to the end of June. If shareholders 
would like to ask questions for the Manager to respond to in the 
webcast, then please write to the Company Secretary or submit 
questions by e-mail to Enquiries@trproperty.co.uk to arrive no later 
than noon on 30 June. 

This situation is constantly evolving, and the UK Government may 
change current restrictions or implement further measures relating 
to the holding of general meetings during the affected period. Any 
changes to the arrangements for the AGM (including any change 
to the location of the AGM) will be communicated to shareholders 
before the meeting through the Company’s website 
(www.trproperty.com) and, where appropriate, by RNS 
announcement. 

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of 
TR Property Investment Trust plc (the “Company”) will be held at 
2.30 pm on 28 July 2020 at Cadogan Estate Ltd, 10 Duke of York 
Square London SW3 4LY for the purpose of transacting the 
following business: 

To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following Resolutions, 
of which Resolutions 1 to 12 will be proposed as Ordinary 
Resolutions and Resolutions 13 and 14 shall be proposed as 
Special Resolutions. 

1     To receive the Report of the Directors and the Audited 

Accounts for the year ended 31 March 2020. 

2     To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year 

ended 31 March 2020. 

3     To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 

4     To declare a final dividend of 8.80p per Ordinary share. 

5     To re-elect Simon Marrison as a Director. 

6     To re-elect David Watson as a Director. 

7     To re-elect Tim Gillbanks as a Director. 

8      To elect Kate Bolsover as a Director. 

9     To elect Sarah-Jane Curtis as a Director. 

10  To re-appoint KPMG LLP as auditors of the Company to hold 
office until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting 
of the Company. 

11  To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of 

the Auditor. 

12  THAT, in substitution for all such existing authorities, the Directors 

be generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to and in 
accordance with Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the 
“Act”) to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in 
the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert 
any security into, shares in the Company up to a nominal value 
of £26,181,455 (being approximately 33% of the total issued 
share capital of the Company as at the latest practicable date 
prior to publication of this Notice) provided that this authority 
shall expire at the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the 

M
G
A

F
O
E
C
T
O
N

I

 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting 

continued

Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 28 October 
2021), save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or 
agreements before the expiry of this authority which would or 
might require shares to be allotted or rights to be granted after 
such expiry and the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and 
grant rights pursuant to any such offers or agreements as if this 
authority had not expired. 

13   THAT 

(a)   (in substitution for all such existing authorities and subject 

to the passing of Resolution 12 set out above) the directors 
be empowered pursuant to Section 570 and Section 573 
of the Act to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 
560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority conferred 
by Resolution 12 above and/or to sell shares held by the 
Company as treasury shares for cash as if Section 561(1) 
of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided 
that this power shall be limited to: 

            (i)   the allotment of equity securities and sale of treasury 

shares for cash in connection with an offer of, or 
invitation to apply for, equity securities: 

                    (aa) to shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may 

be practicable) to their existing holdings; and 

                    (bb) to holders of other equity securities, as required 
by the rights of those securities, or as the Board 
otherwise considers necessary, 

            and so that the Board may impose any limits or 
restrictions and make any arrangements which it 
considers necessary or appropriate to deal with treasury 
shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, 
regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, 
any territory or any other matter; and 

            (ii)   in the case of the authority granted under Resolution 12 

and/or in the case of any sale of treasury shares for 
cash, to the allotment (otherwise than under 
paragraph (i) above) of equity securities or sale of 
treasury shares up to a nominal amount of £3,966,887 
(being approximately 5% of the total issued share 
capital of the Company as at the latest practicable date 
prior to publication of the notice of meeting), 

      (b)  the power given by this resolution shall expire upon the 

expiry of the authority conferred by Resolution 12 above, 
save that the Company shall be entitled to make offers or 
agreements before the expiry of such power which would 
or might require equity securities to be allotted after such 
expiry and the directors shall be entitled to allot equity 
securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if 
the power conferred hereby had not expired. 

14  THAT the Company be and is hereby generally and 

unconditionally authorised in accordance with Section 701 
of the Act to make market purchases (within the meaning 

of Section 693(4) of the Act) of Ordinary shares of 25p each 
in the capital of the Company on such terms and in such 
manner as the directors may from time to time determine 
provided that: 

      (a)   the maximum number of Ordinary shares hereby 

authorised to be purchased shall be 14.99% of the 
Company’s Ordinary shares in issue at the date of the 
Annual General Meeting (equivalent to 47,570,911 
Ordinary shares of 25p each at 5 June 2020, the latest 
practicable date prior to publication of this Notice); 

      (b)  the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may 

be paid for any such share shall not be more than the 
higher of: 

            (i)   105% of the average of the middle market 

quotations for an Ordinary share as taken from the 
London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the 
five business days immediately preceding the date 
on which the Company agrees to buy the shares 
concerned; and 

            (ii)   the higher of the price of the last independent trade 

and the highest current independent bid for an 
Ordinary share in the Company on the trading venue 
where the purchase is carried out at the relevant time; 

      (c)   the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which may 

be paid for an Ordinary share shall be 25p, being the 
nominal value per Ordinary share; and 

      (d)  the authority hereby conferred shall expire at the 
conclusion of the Annual General Meeting of the 
Company in 2021 (or, if earlier, at the close of business 
on 28 October 2021), save that the Company shall be 
entitled to enter into a contract to purchase Ordinary 
shares which will, or may, be completed or executed 
wholly or partly after the power expires and the Company 
may purchase Ordinary shares pursuant to such contract 
as if the power conferred hereby had not expired. 

Registered Office: 
Registered in England No: 84492 
11–12 Hanover Street 
London 
W1S 1YQ 

By Order of the Board 

For and on behalf of 
Link Company Matters Limited 
Secretary 
5 June 2020

                TR Property Investment Trust

101

I

N
O
T
C
E
O
F

A
G
M

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting 

continued

Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting 
1     As explained above, shareholders will not be permitted to 
attend the AGM and are strongly encouraged to appoint a 
proxy to exercise all or any of their rights to attend and to 
speak and vote on their behalf at the AGM. Shareholders are 
strongly encouraged to appoint the “Chair of the meeting” as 
their proxy, rather than a named person who will not be 
permitted to attend the meeting. A shareholder may appoint 
more than one proxy in relation to the Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) provided that each proxy is appointed to 
exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held 
by that shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the 
Company. To appoint more than one proxy, the proxy form 
should be photocopied and the name of the proxy to be 
appointed indicated on each proxy form together with the 
number of shares that such proxy is appointed in respect of. 

      To be valid any proxy form or other instrument appointing 

a proxy must be returned by post, by courier or by hand to the 
Company’s Registrars, Computershare Investor Services PLC, 
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZY, or 
alternatively, by going to www.eproxyappointment.com and 
following the instructions provided. All proxies must be 
appointed by no later than 48 hours before the time of the 
AGM. In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the 
joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the 
appointment submitted by the most senior holder will be 
accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the 
names of the joint holders appear in the Company’s register 
in respect of the joint holding (the first named being deemed 
the most senior). 

 2   In order to be able to attend and vote at the AGM or any 

adjourned meeting (and also for the purpose of calculating 
how many votes a person may cast), a person must have 
his/her name entered on the Register of Members of the 
Company by 2.30 pm on 24 July 2020 (or 6.00 pm on the 
date two days before any adjourned meeting). Changes to 
entries on the Register of Members after this time shall be 
disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend 
or vote at the meeting. 

3     Shareholders should note that it is possible that, pursuant to 
requests made by shareholders of the Company under 
Section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company may 
be required to publish on a website a statement setting out 
any matter relating to: (i) the audit of the Company’s accounts 
(including the auditor’s report and the conduct of the audit) 
that are to be laid before the AGM; or (ii) any circumstance 
connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold 
office since the previous meeting at which annual accounts 
and reports were laid in accordance with Section 437 of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

102             TR Property Investment Trust

      The Company may not require the shareholders requesting 

any such website publication to pay its expenses in complying 
with Sections 527 or 528 of the Companies Act 2006. Where 
the Company is required to place a statement on a website 
under Section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, it must 
forward the statement to the Company’s auditor not later than 
the time when it makes the statement available on the 
website. The business which may be dealt with at the AGM 
includes any statement that the Company has been required 
under Section 527 of the Companies Act 2006 to publish on 
a website. 

4     Any corporation which is a member of the Company can 
appoint one or more corporate representatives who may 
exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a member provided 
that they do not do so in relation to the same shares. 

5     The right to appoint a proxy does not apply to persons whose 
shares are held on their behalf by another person and who 
have been nominated to receive communication from the 
Company in accordance with Section 146 of the Companies 
Act 2006 (“nominated persons”). Nominated persons may 
have a right under an agreement with the registered 
shareholder who holds shares on their behalf to be appointed 
(or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy. Alternatively, 
if nominated persons do not have such a right, or do not wish 
to exercise it, they may have a right under such an agreement 
to give instructions to the person holding the shares as to the 
exercise of voting rights. 

6     CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies 

through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may 
do so for the AGM to be held on 28 July 2020 and any 
adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures described in 
the CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST 
sponsored members, and those CREST members who have 
appointed a voting service provider should refer to their 
CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s), who will be able 
to take the appropriate action on their behalf. 

      In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means 

of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message 
(a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in 
accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications 
and must contain the information required for such instructions, 
as described in the CREST Manual. The message must be 
transmitted so as to be received by the Company’s agent, 
Computershare Investor Services PLC (CREST Participant ID: 
3RA50), no later than 48 hours before the time appointed for 
the meeting. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken 
to be the time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the 
message by the CREST Application Host) from which the 
Company’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to 
CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. 

M
G
A

F
O
E
C
T
O
N

I

 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting 

continued

      CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor 
or voting service provider should note that Euroclear UK & 
Ireland Limited does not make available special procedures in 
CREST for any particular messages. 

      Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply in 
relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the 
responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if 
the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored 
member or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure 
that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider takes) such 
action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is 
transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular 
time. In this connection, CREST members and, where 
applicable, their CREST sponsor or voting service provider are 
referred in particular to those sections of the CREST Manual 
concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and 
timings. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy 
Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) 
of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001. 

7     Any member attending the meeting (subject to the restrictions 

set out above) has the right to ask questions. The Company must 
cause to be answered any such question relating to the business 
being dealt with at the meeting but no such answer need be 
given if: (a) to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation 
for the meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential 
information; (b) the answer has already been given on a website 
in the form of an answer to a question; or (c) it is undesirable in 
the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting 
that the question be answered. 

8     A copy of this notice, and other information required by 

section 311A of the Companies Act 2006, can be found at 
www.trproperty.com. 

9     Members satisfying the thresholds in section 338 of the 

Companies Act 2006 may require the Company to give, to 
members of the Company entitled to receive notice of the 
AGM, notice of a resolution which those members intend to 
move (and which may properly be moved) at the AGM. 
A resolution may properly be moved at the AGM unless: 
(i) it would, if passed, be ineffective (whether by reason of 
any inconsistency with any enactment or the Company’s 
constitution or otherwise); (ii) it is defamatory of any person; 
or (iii) it is frivolous or vexatious. A request made pursuant to 
this right may be in hard copy or electronic form, must identify 
the resolution of which notice is to be given, must be 
authenticated by the person(s) making it and must be 
received by the Company not later than six weeks before the 
date of the AGM. 

10   Members satisfying the thresholds in section 338A of the 

Companies Act 2006 may request the Company to include in 

the business to be dealt with at the AGM any matter (other 
than a proposed resolution) which may properly be included 
in the business at the AGM. A matter may properly be 
included in the business at the AGM unless: (i) it is 
defamatory of any person; or (ii) it is frivolous or vexatious. 
A request made pursuant to this right may be in hard copy or 
electronic form, must identify the matter to be included in the 
business, must be accompanied by a statement setting out the 
grounds for the request, must be authenticated by the 
person(s) making it and must be received by the Company 
not later than six weeks before the date of the AGM. 

11   Biographical details of the directors are shown on pages 35 

and 36 of the Annual Report & Accounts. 

12   As at 5 June 2020 (being the latest practicable day prior to 

publication of this Notice), the issued share capital of the 
Company is 317,350,980 Ordinary shares of 25p each. 
Therefore, the total number of voting rights in the Company at 
5 June 2020 is 317,350,980. 

13   The terms of reference of the Audit Committee, the 

Management Engagement Committee, the Nomination 
Committee and the Letters of Appointment for directors will 
be available for inspection for at least 15 minutes prior to and 
during the Company’s AGM. 

14   You may not use any electronic address provided either in this 
Notice or any related documents to communicate for any 
purposes other than those expressly stated.

I

N
O
T
C
E
O
F

A
G
M

                TR Property Investment Trust

103

 
 
Explanation of Notice of Annual General Meeting

Resolutions 1, 2, 3 and 4: Accounts, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and 
Dividend 

These are the resolutions which deal with the presentation 
of the audited accounts, the approval of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and the declaration of the final 
dividend. 

The vote to approve the Remuneration Report is advisory 
only and will not require the Company to alter any 
arrangements detailed in the report should the resolution 
not be passed. 

All UK listed companies must seek shareholder approval 
of their remuneration policy every three years. 
Shareholders approved our current remuneration policy at 
the Company’s 2017 AGM. We are proposing a revised 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy, details of which are set out 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report on pages 55 
and 56. The vote to approve the remuneration policy is 
binding. 

The Board is proposing a final dividend for the year ended 
31 March 2020 of 8.80p per ordinary share. If approved 
at the AGM, the Company would pay the dividend on 
4 August 2020 to those shareholders on the Company’s 
register at the close of business on 19 June 2020. 

Resolutions 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9: Election and 
Re-election of Directors 

These resolutions deal with the re-election of Simon 
Marrison, Tim Gillbanks and David Watson, and the election 
of Kate Bolsover and Sarah-Jane Curtis. In accordance with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code, all directors will retire 
on an annual basis and have confirmed that they will offer 
themselves for re-election. 

An external performance evaluation has been completed 
and your Board has determined that each of the directors 
continues to be effective and demonstrates their 
commitment to their role. Their biographical details, which 
are set out on pages 35 and 36, demonstrate how the 
Board has the appropriate balance of skills, experience 
independence and knowledge to lead the Company’s 
long-term sustainable success. Accordingly, the Board 
unanimously recommends their election or re-election 
(as applicable). 

104             TR Property Investment Trust

Resolutions 10 and 11: Auditor 

These deal with the reappointment of the Auditor, 
KPMG LLP, and the authorisation for the directors to 
determine their remuneration. 

Resolution 12: Allotment of share capital 

Our Board considers it appropriate that an authority be 
granted to allot shares in the capital of the Company up 
to a maximum nominal amount of £26,445,915 
(representing approximately one third of the Company’s 
issued share capital as at 5 June 2020, being the latest 
practical date prior to publication of this Notice of the 
meeting). As at the date of this notice the Company does 
not hold any shares in treasury. 

The directors have no present intention of exercising this 
authority and would only expect to use the authority if 
shares could be issued at, or at a premium to, the Net 
Asset Value per share.  

This authority will expire at the earlier of close of business 
on 28 October 2021 and the conclusion of the Annual 
General Meeting of the Company to be held in 2021. 

Resolution 13: Disapplication of statutory 
pre-emption rights 

This resolution would give the directors the authority to 
allot shares (or sell any shares which the Company elects 
to hold in treasury) for cash without first offering them to 
existing shareholders in proportion to their existing 
shareholdings.  

This authority would be limited to allotments or sales in 
connection with pre-emptive offers and offers to holders 
of other equity securities if required by the rights of those 
shares or as the board otherwise considers necessary, or 
otherwise up to an aggregate nominal amount of 
£3,966,887. This aggregate nominal amount represents 
5% of the total issued share capital of the Company as at 
5 June 2020, the latest practicable date prior to 
publication of this Notice. In respect of this aggregate 
nominal amount, the directors confirm their intention to 
follow the provisions of the Pre-Emption Group’s 
Statement of Principles regarding cumulative usage of 
authorities within a rolling 3-year period where the 
Principles provide that usage in excess of 7.5% should not 
take place without prior consultation with shareholders. 

M
G
A

F
O
E
C
T
O
N

I

 
 
Explanation of Notice of Annual General Meeting 

continued

The authority will expire at the earlier of close of business 
on 28 October 2021 and the conclusion of the Annual 
General Meeting of the Company to be held in 2021. 

immediately preceding the date on which the 
Company agrees to buy shares concerned; and 

Resolution 14: Authority to make Market 
Purchases of the Company’s Ordinary 
shares 

At the AGM held on 23 July 2019, a special resolution was 
proposed and passed, giving the directors authority, until 
the conclusion of the AGM in 2020, to make market 
purchases of the Company’s own issued shares up to 
a maximum of 14.99% of the issued share capital. 

Your Board is proposing that they should be given 
renewed authority to purchase Ordinary shares in the 
market. Your Board believes that to make such purchases 
in the market at appropriate times and prices is a suitable 
method of enhancing shareholder value. The Company 
would, within guidelines set from time to time by the 
Board, make either a single purchase or a series of 
purchases, when market conditions are suitable, with 
the aim of maximising the benefits to shareholders. 

Where purchases are made at prices below the prevailing 
Net Asset Value per share, this will enhance the Net Asset 
Value for the remaining shareholders. It is therefore 
intended that purchases would only be made at prices 
below Net Asset Value. Your Board considers that it will be 
most advantageous to shareholders for the Company to be 
able to make such purchases as and when it considers the 
timing to be favourable and therefore does not propose to 
set a timetable for making any such purchases. 

The Companies (Acquisition of Own Shares) (Treasury 
Shares) Regulations 2003 enable companies in the United 
Kingdom to hold in treasury any of their own shares they 
have purchased with a view to possible resale at a future 
date, rather than cancelling them. If the Company does 
re-purchase any of its shares, the directors do not currently 
intend to hold any of the shares re-purchased in treasury. 
The shares so re-purchased will continue to be cancelled. 

The Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority limit the 
maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be 
paid for any such share. It shall not be more than the 
higher of: 

(i)   105% of the average of the middle market quotations 
for an Ordinary share as taken from the London Stock 
Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days 

(ii) the higher of the price of the last independent trade 
and the highest current independent bid for an 
Ordinary share in the Company on the trading venue 
where the purchase is carried out. 

The minimum price to be paid will be 25p per Ordinary 
share (being the nominal value). The Listing Rules also limit 
a listed company to purchases of shares representing up to 
15% of its issued share capital in the market pursuant to a 
general authority such as this. For this reason, the Company 
is limiting its authority to make such purchases to 14.99% 
of the Company’s Ordinary shares in issue at the date of the 
AGM; this is equivalent to 47,570,911 Ordinary shares of 
25p each (nominal value £11,892,727) at 5 June 2020, 
the latest practicable date prior to publication this Notice. 
The authority will last until the Annual General Meeting of 
the Company to be held in 2021. 

Recommendation 

Your Board believes that the resolutions contained in this 
Notice of Annual General Meeting are in the best interests 
of the Company and shareholders as a whole and 
recommends that you vote in favour of them as your 
Directors intend to do in respect of their beneficial 
shareholdings. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

105

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
Directors and Other Information

Directors 

H Seaborn (Chairman) 
K Bolsover¹ 
S-J Curtis² 
T Gillbanks 
S Marrison 
D Watson 

¹ Appointed since 1 October 2019. 

² Appointed since 28 January 2020. 

Registered Office 

3rd Floor 
11–12 Hanover Street  
London W1S 1YQ 

Registered Number 

Registered as an investment company in England 
and Wales No. 84492 

AIFM 

BMO Investment Business Limited 
Exchange House 
Primrose Street 
London EC2A 2NY 

Portfolio Manager 

Thames River Capital LLP, authorised and regulated by the 
Financial Conduct Authority 
3rd Floor 
11–12 Hanover Street  
London W1S 1YQ 
Telephone: 020 7011 4100 

Fund Manager 

M A Phayre-Mudge MRICS 

Finance Manager and Investor Relations 

J L Elliott ACA 

Deputy Fund Manager 

A Lhonneur 

I

N
O
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S

106             TR Property Investment Trust

Direct Property Manager 

G P Gay MRICS 

Secretary 

Link Company Matters Limited 
6th Floor, 65 Gresham Street 
London EC2V 7NQ 

Registrar 

Computershare Investor Services PLC  
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road  
Bristol BS99 6ZY 
Telephone: 0370 707 1355 

Auditor 

KPMG LLP 
15 Canada Square 
London E14 SGL 

Stockbrokers 

Panmure Gordon (UK) Limited 
One, New Change 
London EC4M 9AF 

Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited  
150 Cheapside  
London EC2V 6ET 

Solicitors 

Slaughter and May  
One Bunhill Row  
London EC1Y 8YY 

Depositary, Custodian and Fund 
Administrator 

BNP Paribas Securities Services  
10 Harewood Avenue 
London NW1 6AA 

Website 

www.trproperty.com 

Tax Advisers 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Central Square South 
Orchard Street 
Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 3AZ

 
General Shareholder Information

Release of Results 

Benchmark 

The half year results are announced in late November. The 
full year results are announced in early June. 

Annual General Meeting 

The AGM is held in London in July. 

Dividend Payment Dates 

Dividends are usually paid on the Ordinary shares as 
follows: 
    Interim: January  
    Final: August 

Dividend Payments 

Dividends can be paid to shareholders by means of BACS 
(Bankers’ Automated Clearing Services); mandate forms 
for this purpose are available from the Registrar. 
Alternatively, shareholders can write to the Registrar 
(the address is given on page 106 of this report) to give 
their instructions; these must include the bank account 
number, the bank account title and the sort code of the 
bank to which payments are to be made. 

Dividend Re-investment Plan (“DRIP”) 

TR Property Investment Trust plc now offers shareholders 
the opportunity to purchase further shares in the 
Company through the DRIP. DRIP forms may be obtained 
from Computershare Investor Services PLC through their 
secure website www.investorcentre.co.uk, or by phoning 
0370 707 1694. Charges do apply; dealing commission 
of 0.75% (subject to a minimum of £2.50). Government 
stamp duty of 0.5% also applies. 

Share Price Listings 

The market prices of the Company’s shares are published 
daily in The Financial Times. Some of the information is 
published in other leading newspapers. The Financial 
Times also shows figures for the estimated Net Asset 
Values and the discounts applicable. 

Details of the benchmark are given in the Strategic Report 
on page 24 of this Report and Accounts. The benchmark 
index is published daily and can be found on Bloomberg; 

FTSE EPRA/NAREIT Developed Europe Capped Net Total 
Return Index in Sterling 
Bloomberg: TR0RAG Index 

Internet 

Details of the market price and Net Asset Value of the 
Ordinary shares can be found on the Company’s website 
at www.trproperty.com. 

Shareholders who hold their shares in certificated form 
can check their holdings with the Registrar, Computershare 
Investor Services PLC, via www.computershare.com. 
Please note that to gain access to your details on the 
Computershare site you will need the holder reference 
number stated on the top left hand corner of your 
share certificate. 

Disability Act 

Copies of this Report and Accounts and other documents 
issued by the Company are available from the Company 
Secretary. If needed, copies can be made available in 
a variety of formats, including Braille, audio tape or larger 
type as appropriate. 

You can contact the Registrar, Computershare Investor 
Services PLC, which has installed textphones to allow 
speech and hearing impaired people who have their own 
textphone to contact them directly, without the need for 
an intermediate operator, by dialling 0870 702 0005. 
Specially trained operators are available during normal 
business hours to answer queries via this service. 

Alternatively, if you prefer to go through a ‘typetalk’ 
operator (provided by the Royal National Institute for Deaf 
People) you should dial 18001 followed by the number 
you wish to dial. 

Share Price Information  

ISIN GB0009064097  
SEDOL 0906409 
Bloomberg TRY.LN  
Reuters TRY.L  
Datastream TRY

                TR Property Investment Trust

107

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
General Shareholder Information 

continued

Nominee Share Code 

Where notification has been provided in advance, the 
Company will arrange for copies of shareholder 
communications to be provided to the operators of 
nominee accounts. Nominee investors may attend general 
meetings and speak at meetings when invited to do so by 
the Chairman. 

CGT Base Cost 

Taxation of capital gains for shareholders who 
formerly held Sigma shares 

Upon a disposal of all or part of a shareholder’s holding 
of Ordinary shares, the impact on the shareholder’s capital 
gains tax base cost of the conversion to Sigma shares in 
2007 and the redesignation to Ordinary shares in 2012 
should be considered. 

In respect of the conversion to Sigma in 2007, agreement 
was reached with HM Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) to 
base the apportionment of the capital gains tax base cost 
on the proportion of Ordinary shares that were converted 
by a shareholder into Sigma shares on 25 July 2007. 

Therefore, if an Ordinary shareholder converted 20% of 
their existing Ordinary shares into Sigma shares on 25 July 
2007, the capital gains tax base cost of the new Sigma 
shares acquired would be equal to 20% of the original 
capital gains tax base cost of the Ordinary shares that they 
held pre-conversion. The base cost of their remaining 
holding of Ordinary shares would then be 80% of the 
original capital gains tax base cost of their Ordinary shares 
held pre-conversion. 

As part of the re-designation of the Sigma shares into 
Ordinary shares in December 2012, a further 
shareholder’s agreement was reached with HMRC that 
a shareholders capital gains tax base cost in their new 
Ordinary shares should be equivalent to their capital gains 
base cost in the pre-existing Sigma shares (i.e. their capital 
gains base cost under the existing agreement if 
applicable). 

If in doubt as to the consequences of this agreement 
with HMRC, shareholders should consult with their own 
professional advisors.

108             TR Property Investment Trust

I

N
O
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S

 
Investing in TR Property Investment Trust plc

Market Purchases 

Alliance Trust Savings (ATS) & interactive investor (ii) 

The shares of TR Property Investment Trust plc are listed 
and traded on the London Stock Exchange. Investors may 
purchase shares through their stockbroker, bank or other 
financial intermediary. 

Following the acquisition of Alliance Trust Savings by 
interactive investor, ATS self-directed accounts were 
transferred to the interactive investor platform on 
14 October 2019. 

Holding shares in Certificated Form 

Investors may hold their investment in certificated form. 
Our registrars, Computershare operate a dealing service 
which enables investors to buy and sell shares quickly and 
easily online without a broker or the need to open 
a trading account. Alternatively the Investor Centre allows 
investors to manage portfolios quickly and securely, 
update details and view balances without annual charges. 
Further details are available by contacting Computershare 
on 0370 707 1355 or visit www.computershare.com. 

TR Property Investment Trust plc now offers shareholders 
the opportunity to purchase further shares in the company 
through the Dividend Re-investment Plan (“DRIP”) 
through the registrar, Computershare. Shareholders can 
obtain further information on the DRIP through their 
secure website www.investorcentre.co.uk, or by phoning 
0370 707 1694. Charges do apply. Please note that to 
gain access to your details or register for the DRIP on the 
Computershare site you will need the holder reference 
number stated on the top left hand corner of your share 
certificate. 

Saving Schemes, ISAs and other plans 

A number of banks and wealth management organisations 
provide Savings Schemes and ISAs through which UK 
clients can invest in TR Property Investment Trust plc. 

ISA and savings scheme providers do charge dealing and 
other fees for operating the accounts, and investors 
should read the Terms and Conditions provided by these 
companies and ensure that the charges best suit their 
planned investment profile. Most schemes carry annual 
charges but these vary between provider and product. 
Where dealing charges apply, in some cases these are 
applied as a percentage of funds invested and others as 
a flat charge. The optimum way to hold the shares will be 
different for each investor depending upon the frequency 
and size of investments to be made. 

Details are given below of two providers offering shares in 
TR Property Investment Trust, but there are many other 
options. 

Interactive investor offer investors in TR Property and other 
investment trusts a free opt-in online shareholder voting 
and information service that enables investors to receive 
shareholder communications and, if they wish, to vote on 
the shareholdings held in their account.  

Interactive investor provide and administer a range of 
self-select investment plans, including tax-advantaged ISAs 
and SIPPs (Self-Invested Personal Pension), and Trading 
Accounts. For more information, interactive investor can be 
contacted on 0345 607 6001, or by visiting 
https://www.ii.co.uk/ 

BMO Asset Management Limited (“BMO”) 

BMO offer a number of Private Investor Plans, Investment 
Trust and Junior ISAs and Children’s Investment Plans. 
Investments can be made as lump sums or through 
regular savings. For more information see inside the back 
cover. BMO can be contacted on 0800 136 420, or visit 
www.bmogam.com. 

Please remember that the value of your investments and 
any income from them may go down as well as up. Past 
performance is not a guide to future performance. You 
may not get back the amount that you invest. If you are in 
any doubt as to the suitability of a plan or any investment 
available within a plan, please take professional advice. 

Saving Schemes and ISAs transferred from 
BNP Paribas 

In 2012 BNP Paribas closed down the part of their business 
that operated Savings Schemes and ISAs. Investors were 
given the choice of transferring their schemes to Alliance 
Trust Savings (“ATS”) or to a provider of their own choice, 
or to close their accounts and sell the holdings. 

If investors did not respond to the letters from BNP 
Paribas, their accounts were transferred to ATS. 

Following the acquisition of Alliance Trust Savings by 
interactive investor, ATS self-directed accounts were 
transferred to the interactive investor platform on 
14 October 2019. 

                TR Property Investment Trust

109

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
Investing in TR Property Investment Trust plc 

continued

Share Fraud and boiler room scams 

Shareholders in a number of Investment Trusts have been 
approached as part of a share fraud where they are 
informed of an opportunity to sell their shares as the 
company is subject to a takeover bid. This is not true and 
is an attempt to defraud shareholders. The share fraud 
also seeks payment of a “commission” by shareholders to 
the parties carrying out the fraud. 

Shareholders should remain alert to this type of scam and 
treat with suspicion any contact by telephone offering an 
attractive investment opportunity, such as a premium price 
for your shares, or an attempt to convince you that 
payment is required in order to release a settlement for 
your shares. These frauds may also offer to sell your 
shares in companies which have little or no value or may 
offer you bonus shares. These so called “boiler room” 
scams can also involve an attempt to obtain your personal 
and/or banking information with which to commit identity 
fraud. 

The caller may be friendly and reassuring or they may take 
a more urgent tone, encouraging you to act quickly 
otherwise you could lose money or miss out on a deal. 

If you have been contacted by an unauthorised firm 
regarding your shares the FCA would like to hear from you. 
You can report an unauthorised firm using the FCA helpline 
on 0800 111 6768 or by visiting their website, which also 
has other useful information, at www.fca.org.uk. 

If you receive any unsolicited investment advice make 
sure you get the correct name of the person and 
organisation. If the calls persist, hang up. If you deal with 
an unauthorised firm, you will not be eligible to receive 
payment under the Financial Services Compensation 
Scheme. 

Please be advised that the Board or the Manager 
would never make unsolicited telephone calls of 
such a nature to shareholders. 

I

N
O
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S

110             TR Property Investment Trust

 
 
 
How to Invest 

One of the most convenient ways to invest in TR Property Investment Trust plc is through one of the savings plans run by 
BMO. 

BMO Investment Trust ISA 
You can use your ISA allowance to make an annual 
tax-efficient investment of up to £20,000 for the 
2020/21 tax year with a lump sum from £500 or 
regular savings from £50 a month per Trust. You 
can also transfer any existing ISAs to us whilst 
maintaining the tax benefits. 

BMO Junior ISA (JISA)* 
You can invest up to £9,000 for the tax year 
2020/21 from £500 lump sum or £30 a month 
per Trust, or a combination of both. Please note, if 
your child already has a Child Trust Fund (CTF), 
then you cannot open a separate JISA, however you 
can transfer the existing CTF (held either with BMO 
or another provider) to a BMO JISA. 

BMO Child Trust Fund (CTF)* 
If your child has a CTF you can invest up to £9,000 
for the 2020/21 tax year, from £100 lump sum or 
£25 a month per Trust, or a combination of both. You 
can also transfer a CTF from another provider to a 
BMO CTF. Please note, the CTF has been replaced by 
the JISA and is only available to investors who 
already hold a CTF. 

BMO General Investment Account (GIA) 
This is a flexible way to invest in our range of 
Investment Trusts. There are no maximum 
contributions, and investments can be made from 
£500 lump sum or £50 a month per Trust. You can 
also make additional lump sum top-ups at any time 
from £250 per Trust. 

BMO Junior Investment Account (JIA) 
This is a flexible way to save for a child in our range 
of Investment Trusts. There are no maximum 
contributions, and the plan can easily be set up 
under bare trust (where the child is noted as the 
beneficial owner) or kept in your name if you wish 
to retain control over the investment. Investments 
can be made from a £250 lump sum or £25 a 
month per Trust. You can also make additional lump 
sum top-ups at any time from £100 per Trust. 

*The CTF and JISA accounts are opened in the child’s name and they 
have access to the money at age 18. **Calls may be recorded or 
monitored for training and quality purposes.

Charges 
Annual management charges and other charges apply according to the type 
of plan. 

Annual account charge 
ISA: £60+VAT 
GIA: £40+VAT 
JISA/JIA/CTF: £25+VAT 
You can pay the annual charge from your account, or by direct debit (in 
addition to any annual subscription limits). 

Dealing charges 
ISA: 0.2% 
GIA/JIA/JISA: postal instructions £12, online instructions £8 per Trust. 

Dealing charges apply when shares are bought or sold but not on the 
reinvestment of dividends or the investment of monthly direct debits for 
the GIA, JIA and JISA. 

There are no dealing charges on a CTF but a switching charge of £25 
applies if more than 2 switches are carried out in one year. 

Government stamp duty of 0.5% also applies on the purchase of shares 
(where applicable). 

There may be additional charges made if you transfer a plan to another 
provider or transfer the shares from your plan. 

The value of investments can go down as well as up and you may not 
get back your original investment. Tax benefits depend on your individual 
circumstances and tax allowances and rules may change. Please ensure 
you have read the full Terms and Conditions, Privacy Policy and relevant 
Key Features documents before investing. For regulatory purposes, please 
ensure you have read the Pre-sales cost disclosures related to the 
product you are applying for, and the relevant Key Information 
Documents (KIDs) for the investment trusts you are wanting to invest 
into. 

How to Invest 
To open a new BMO plan, apply online at bmogam.com/apply 

Note, this is not available if you are transferring an existing plan with another 
provider to BMO, or if you are applying for a new plan in more than one 
name. 

New Customers 
Call:                     0800 136 420** (8.30am – 5.30pm, weekdays) 
Email:                   info@bmogam.com 

Existing Plan Holders 
Call:                     0345 600 3030** (9.00am – 5.00pm, weekdays) 
Email:                   investor.enquiries@bmogam.com 
By post:               BMO Administration Centre 

PO Box 11114 
Chelmsford 
CM99 2DG 

You can also invest in the trust through online dealing platforms for private 
investors that offer share dealing and ISAs. Companies include: 
Barclays Stockbrokers, EQi, Halifax, Hargreaves Lansdown, HSBC, 
Interactive Investor, Lloyds Bank, The Share Centre

BMO Asset Management Limited 

0345 600 3030, 9.00am – 5.00pm, weekdays, calls may be recorded or monitored for training and quality purposes. 

BMO Asset Management Limited is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority and is a member of BMO Global Asset Management EMEA of which the ultimate parent company is the 
Bank of Montreal. 737510_G19-1804_L56_04/20_UK

S
H
A
R
E
H
O
L
D
E
R

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
O
N

I

 
T
R
P
r
o
p
e
r
t
y

I

n
v
e
s
t

m
e
n
t

T
r
u
s
t
p
l
c
–
R
e
p
o
r
t
&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

f
o
r

t
h
e
y
e
a
r
e
n
d
e
d
3
1
M
a
r
c
h
2
0
2
0

TR Property Investment 

Trust plc is managed by

This document is printed on Amadeus 50 White Silk; a paper containing 50% recycled fibre and 50% virgin fibre sourced from well-managed, 
responsible, FSC® certified forests. The pulp used in this product is bleached using an Elemental Chlorine Free (ECF) process.